The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutResolution - 5096 - Contract - Tommy Klein Construction - Restroom Renovation & Ramp Addition, MSB - 02_08_1996Resolution No. 5096 February 8, 1996 Item #23 491__06143 BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract and all related documents by and between the City of Lubbock and Tommy Klein Construction of Lubbock, Texas to furnish and install all services and materials as bid for the Restroom Renovation and Ramp Addition at Municipal Square Building for the City of Lubbock, which contract is attached hereto, which shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if fully copied herein in detail. Passed by the City Council this ATTEST: 5etty-M. fohnsorVCity Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: /I � /7-1/1A -1 Victor loran, urchasi Vmfter APPROVED AS TO FORM: Attorney aplccaocsubs.res January 30, 1996 Q- am Resolution No. 5096 Feb. 8, 1996 J h r r City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 r- BOB-767-2167 I� F F MAILED TO VENDOR CLOSE DATE: Office of Purchasing January 11,1996 January 17,1996 @ 2:00 P.M. BID#13453 - RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING ADDENDUM #1 The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named rrB. Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. Provide 1/4" thick X S" wide full width aluminum plate threshold at door No. 3 to cover removed terrazzo base. Saw cut terrazzo full length at relocated door and remove to depth of 1". Install grout under plate threshold to bring top of threshold flush with corridor terrazzo. See attached detail. At doors No. 1 and No. 4, patch terrazzo under relocate jamb with cement grout and sand aggregate to match terrazzo. 2. Provide levers in lieu of existing knobs at each side of two existing "Simplex" Iocksets in the E.O.C. conference room and conference room vestibule. Provide levers at one Corbin lockset at the E.O.C. conference room vestibule. Verify at site requirements for each lockset prior to the bid. 3. Remove existing threshold and install new marble threshold to match new door widths at Doors No. 2 and No. 5. Patch ceramic floor file as required 4. Omit Contingency Allowance No. 1 and Vinyl Wall Fabric Allowance No. 3 in the Project Manual under Allowances 0102o-3. Change the stated allowance in Note No. 4 of the Ramp Plan, Sheet 1 of 1 to $22.00 per square yard. r c13133AddaA=Ko.1 VIM 213PM All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shufficld Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to: PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID (806)767-2164 i,3453 Addendum No.I In V% 2:43 PM r 4 r FRAME BEYOND I DOOR REMOVED TERRAZZO BASS a— SAWCUT EXIST TERRAllO I J. REWORK CARPET V/ CARPET EDGE mow 3—EXP. BOLTS 1/4' ALUM. PLATE - CEMENT GROUT AT REMOVED TERRAZZO AND CONC, SLAB THRESHOLD DETAIL ?- SCALE 1 2 FULL SIZE r l; 7 r a r E, CITY OF LUBBOCK REQUEST FOR BIDS FOR TITLE: RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS BID NUMBER 13453 PROJECT NUMBER 9041.9211 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 7. 8. INDEX NOTICE TO BIDDERS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIAL CONDMON NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID 013453 Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 17th day of January,1996, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: i "RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUII,DING" After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written. r } 1. The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 8th day of February,1996, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to famish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 1001/o of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to famish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior• as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre -bid conference on 9th day of January,1996, at 11:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room, L-04, Lubbock, Texas. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vemon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 767-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. 1CITY OF�LUBBOCK VICTOR KIL PURCHASIN MANAGER Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806)767-2167IFax (806)767-2164. I GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS r 2. 5. 6. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SCOPE OF WORK The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this project in accordance with contract documents for the RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SOUARE BUILDING. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. BIDDER INOUII2iES No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification concerning this bid must be addressed to: RON SIIUFFIELD SENIOR BUYER CITY OF LUBBOCK P.O. BOX 2000 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 FAX (806)767-2164 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 60 (SIX7M consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 8. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project 9. GUARANTEES All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines r and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. r l ' 14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of CiWs certificate of acceptance of the project. ,,sh 15. EXPLOSIVES t The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be t the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, i shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE l The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 17. INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. 18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article S 1S9a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: (1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of LubbocVs ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. (2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 21. PREPARATION FOR BID The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the bid is } 22 submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and. must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: (a) Bidder's name (b) Bid for (description of the project). Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if arty). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. 0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 9- t - L..�_: L--L. L-A L---� L- L-, L-- ' L-- L�.- t: L---� L:-, t- FM BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT i 1 ,,,,PLACE:)-, w l DATE: Q rl ,(a r t 1 171, 19q Lo 'PROJECT NUMBER 13453 - RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE P, BUILDING ,-Bid of rn (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a pe S+r o Wiry-) having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the ` intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the Fprice stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: rpu' i 6rl ih u S r'l�.. r �t SERVICES:1� ohAJ-?JffJ' g1W-C*1,P del Irrs (s 9, 3 5/00 ,.TOTALBID n ti - �h �P e 7 ht]l c 5c2Yt(� hype hunr�rr s-eUndd `s� kd d��C r5 (S di 3 , 3 7 (Amount shall be shown in both words and figures.In case of discrepancy, screpancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to FProceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 60 (SIXTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of S200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction F number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders. 4 Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. r" The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or rbefore the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified .,heck issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of 7award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars rKs ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of ,�% Dollars (s ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the ' undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the 7undcrsigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents 7"ade available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. J., Auth Signs (Printed or Typed Name) -TDYnmu Ljh 63'00YLAcin Company 1911 o Lei r ilrP Address 1jv�b Jk Lt�bb a cry Ci Tf?(aS County 'Yl" 4 State Zip Code Telephone: -7 9 4_ - 3 5 3 q Fax Number: C JL) `711 y —6 (o G Z Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: i Secretary u r t t LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Minority Owned Yes No 0 �' 0 0S1 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 0 ❑ 0 i AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY WOODLAND HILLS, CALIFORNIA �i BOND NO. 0000543861 PREMIUM Premium included in bid bond service fee f BID DATE January 17, 1996 PUBLIC WORKS BID BOND Know all men by these presents: E That we, TOMMY KLEIN CONSTRUCTION (hereinafter called Principal), as Principal, and AMWEST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation (hereinafter called r Surety), organized and existing under the laws of the State of California and authorized to transact a general surety business in the f State of Texas , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Lubbock- TExac F Municipal Square Building - Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Obligee) in the penal sum of Fi ve percent ( 5% )'of the bid amount, but in no event to exceed Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Five & No/100------------------------------ Dollars($ 15.625.00 ) for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, whereas the Principal has submitted or is about to submit a proposal to the Obligee on a contract for Restroom Renovation arnd E 'Ram Addition at Municipal_Square Building NOW, THEREFORE, if the contract is awarded to the Principal and the surety has been provided with sufficient proof by Obligee of acceptable financing for the project, and the Principal has, within such time as may be specified, (but in no event later than 60 days after such award), entered into the contract in writing, and provided a bond with surety acceptable to the Obligee for the faithful performance of the contract; or if the Principal shall fail to do so, pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in the bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by the bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF ,January 17, 1996 TOMMY KLEIN I By: —v P(mcipal Name PO4,4j. AM Wt1ST SURETY INSURANCE COMPANY .t ceuvesw� By — Don Edwin Smith Attorney-ln-Fact r- A UN•A3017 "2 r EXPIItA'IION DATE 11-14-96 owEp Nu'00' 0000543861 RFrtD C4REFULLY This document is printed on white paper containing the artificial watermarked logo (w ) of Amwest Surety Insurance Company (the "Company") on the front and brown security paper on the back. Only unaltered originals of the POA are valid. This POA may not be used in conjunction with any other POA. No representations or warranties regarding this POA may be made by any person. This POA is governed by the laws of the Stall: of California and is only valid until the expiration date. KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT. that Amwest Surety Insurance Company, a California corporation (the "Company"), does hereby make, constitute and appoint: WILLIAM D. BALDWIN W.T.RAGSDALE L DON EDWIN SMITH AS EMPLOYEES OF BALDWIN INS AND BONDING AGENCY r its true and lawful Attorney -in -fact, with limited power and authority for and on behalf of the Company su&toecute eh affix the seal of the company thereto if a seal is required on bonds, undertakings, recognizances, reinsurance agreement for a Miller A o r perfo n ' bo or other written obligations in r the nature thereof as follow. r"'r License & Permit Bonds up to S•••••50,000.00 ►�►J1 Miscellaneous Bonds up to S••••025,000.00 Small Business Administration Guaranteed Bonds up to S••••250,000.00 I•�• Bid Bonds upto $**1,000,000.00 � f1 Contract (Performance nPayments Court, Subdivision S••2,500,000.00 and to bind the company thereby. This appointment is made under and by au a By -La c in Syy�lfich are now in full force and effect. I, the undersigned secretary of Amwcst Surety Insurance Company, a C corporation, B RTIFY that this Power of Attorney remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked and furthermore, that the ors f the Board to on this Power of Attorney, and that the relevant provisions of the By -Laws of the Company, are now in full force an YY Bond No. 0000543861 Signed & sealed thi of Jamiary'�tA q6 Karen G. Cohen, Secretary Ay ONS O DIRECTORS * * * * *This POA is signed and sealed by facsimile under nautho 0 owing a lotions adopted by the Board of Directors of Amwest Surety Insurance Company at a meeting duly held on December 1975: 1� RESOLVED, that the President or an t nt, in nun wi Secre y � � or any Assistant Secretary, �Y appoint attorneys -in -fact or agents with authority as defined or limite d in the in me A encir po tment6c case, for and on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the Company to bonds, undertaking , ces, ip obliga of all kinds; and said officers may remove any such attomey-in-fact or agent and revoke any POA previously gran n. RESOLVED FURTHER, that an nd, and gn'ce Vsurctyship obligation shall be valid and bind upon the Company: (i) when signed by the President o any V' sr and and sealed (if a seal be required) by any Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (ii) when signed by the President or any dent or Assistant Secretary, and countersigned and sealed (if a seal be required) by a duly 7 authorized attomey-in-fact or ag .0 (iii) when duly executed and seal (ifs require one or more attomeys-in-fact or agents pursuant to and within the limits of the authority evidenced by the power of attorney issu ompany to such person or persons. RESOLVED FURTHER, that the st na re of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any POA or certification �. thereof authorizing the execution and deli ery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company; and such signature and seal ' when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. t IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Amwest Surety Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its proper officers, and its corporate seal to be hereunto _ affixed this 8th day of September, 1995. John E. Savage, Pre dent Karen G. Cohen, Secretary State of California County of Los Angeles On September 8, 1995 before me, Peggy B. Lofton Notary Public, personally appeared John E. Savage and Karen G. Cohen, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me all that he/shefthey executed the same in histherhheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hedtheir signatures) n t in ru en the e n , o he rntitv anon hehsd of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. �wv��`ttlN $tU WITNESS hand and official seal. p�Y d UMON camtwtorts>toaao� �J�•� Q�Rcex` % signature (Sea 4p, Lm rsi `c= e Lofton, Notary Pu Comm. Expires Atq 6.1M! ,V 1975 \P•;a .��d•., IIFOf1N 6320 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR -MAKE A COMPLAINT: YOU MAY CONTACT THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE. TO OBTAIN INFORMATION ON COMPANIES, COVERAGES, RIGHTS OR COMPLAINTS AT: 1-800-252-3439 YOU MAY WRITE THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE: P.O. BOX 149104 AUSTIN, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (513) 475-1771 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: SHOULD YOU HAVE A DISPUTE CONCERNING YOUR PREMIUM OR ABOUT A CLAIM YOU SHOULD CONTACT THE AGENT OR COMPANY FIRST. IF THE DISPUTE IS NOT RESOLVED, YOU MAY CONTACT THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: THIS NOTICE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT BECOME A PART OR CONDITION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT. F.140328 (9/92) r ENDORSEMENT Amwest Surety Insurance Company and Far West Insurance Company, formerly domiciled in the State of California, have received permission to change the domicile of each respective corporation to the State of Nebraska. Said redomcstication to Nebraska is effective December 14, 1995. 12l14lg5 PO4 Date John E. Savage President 12/14/95 Date Karen C. Cohen Secretary UXA z exas PAYMENT BOND BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSEV IN EXAS DATIr/o BY a STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE r'(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000) r" KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in r" the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the , 19 , to day of and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at r., length herein NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 19 Surety Principal r; *By: (Title) By: By: (Title) By: (Title) day of rim I roll The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety * By: (Title) Approved as to form: City of Lubbock 4 By: City Attorney r`"* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attomey in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. r PERFORMANCE BOND BOND CHECK BEST RATING DA POWNI'&m t'^ F STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _ day of 19, to and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the ,., amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at f. length herein. k NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. r^ PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. r-� Surety •-* By: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day of .19 (Title) Principal By: (Title) By: (Title) By: (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety *By: (Title) r" Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 7 r CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE n f t F. MAR-07-1996 10:20 FROM BALDWIN INS + BONDING TO 81606767216499 P.02 CERMCAT E, OF INSURANCE TO: MY OF LUBBOCK DATV 2 / 16 / 9 6 P.O. BOX 2000 WIT O LUBBOCK TX 794" THiS ]S TO CERTIFY SAAS Tommy Klein Construction (i�ame t+d Ad3ress of Instued) is, at the date ,., dthis aertif m&-, it:avrrtI by this co—wpw w3th m4pea to thebiamm pper`�tiom hcreneer dmenbed, for the c of iawunu i and in a= ttarttx with tho prmsiowof the smada=d potiacs usW by ibts compmy, the further luaeitafm drscri Excepeoas to t gaodard poli 7 maed her= TM of c« a ctmaza u>by CJakttr MA& o a nnx owmes acort.un pmuam ` �tcrm��arn�utar.,rrs• a Arty Auto 0 All Ofted autos 1 &ltfdUlod Auto HaW Ai = GC Nan.Owstsd AW= 7 6 t Cr,4KcGEL481= Any Auto Pa st�ta�rsx J t00'i oftiti Total Co�saa ftiof o rr�srrcurt�roar�u�ir�t �a�ua,�ruTr 7 Umbnlli Fwm rQ t7 bar Thsa Ur4xvJ1f Faea k t ,70PJFRSCa4PVV1(770,VAND aVL0=, LLtBJL= Prvtxukd 01wh, ied CUww2zb=tiV4 OiYY DAVE i DATE DOL215597 14/16/95 14/16/97 DOL215597 14/16/95 14/16/97 t oWW AWr,W riod►taaA;w#0a AW PffM i & Ada. FAthoomulmn rwaDamp (ATrya w rat) Mrd Exp (Arty aw Pffmm Combimd s;n&la limit 6od4 w" Q1Cr Pw&ft) $odity Wuy (Pvr Aoddtta) ProwwCUMIF $1,000,000 s S Auto ody -EUh A=Waat S owfr � Atrm vast: Etci AaoidiaR i Aps�w : TIM754573813 any 1 jobsite s„5_ 00.000 1/25/96 11/25/1971transit/temp = 25tn ^Q Tommy Klein 13EP102296 r. 1961950620 6/20/95 16/20/96 t �xrrc Waiver of Subroga ion in fav of Cer ificate and Workers Comp¢ sation FA& tloamreoa t Ag�rf�s f S 9W6 Agri&& Du"O tPow r U it Uwat6-E: E-vk1 of Ider as respects Genl Lia.bil: The above policies either in the body thcmf or by appmpriate endors ment provide that they may not be ch 3ltged or cwccicd by the r' mmr in less than the legal brae requirod aflor th; ut:wed boat received xived written notiof mchc aetp or c usxilation, or In case w we is no lcgW re Wrcment, in I= th3ri five days in ad=cc of can Ustion. (A)Illinois Insurance Exchange FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTMCATE OFINSMANCE (B )TX Workers' Compensation Fund r"[UST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCIC (C )t wma 1 . 3rican IBs f} r. Title: President I 02/29/1996 16:56 7946662 TOMMY KLEIN CONST PAGE 01 s ;'ROM WSBOCK COUNTY FARM SURE;WJ P43NE NO. : 747 52275 r BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE CHANGE FORM "`" "" FARM TEXAS FARM BUREAU MUTUAL INSURANCE Cb?i1'ANY 20931713 1 17 BUREAU � CouNYY lOENTt COOS to r4Rvtii RtlNtr>\rt roucr Cl MASE CAHCIII. POLICY ` 1 TEXAS R r� F•q wr•.I.Y■I.,Il�O1°. (-�-j 2.3 152 21922 POLICY VEN.OGI 09/19/1995 " 03/19/199NAMED INGURCO ARC AVOREAd. 1I Borne •Neste, CIRRI• •h/•I F.A•jni�ndlt "lleh`RIS IDIhEI Insured:jel,�ulceiLl' csppNbbDr,k Cuunty LU O IdaTx 79413-5211ormBu►vAu co ti Rulat.vllin,p TO Under Whose IMTt■r♦hlo Does Apo'icenl Qualify-) Ip Na. Mo Dey Tr, iltenl ounlV t +rtvrSe �ipil InAur" pals of Qlrth if AA�nei IN Cht�,7l� DULE OF — COFRED AUT YEAR WIWI,si:'B LiM':: aTsnTla :.wur%WIv. r � l - 04ef AMy AdE1dOflR1 Er AeplNleelr+eTl! W1+ie1s have ezletlnO Oamape Q Vi+c O NG Rl r4. Ir*I11n .. COWRA to . U� � • ■ • • ■ • • ■ ■ ■ • ♦ • . • ♦ ■ ■ • ■ ■ `ium • • s ~ ■ . • ■ ■ ■ • i r ■ i • • ♦ • r ■ • i . r ■ • • • • w • i i ■ • • r • ■ • e lowSITIN1Wr•i+�ir/i+��w� AN tAID1ORSELLME8aaT811 CMANDEORADD Z 1L8021; TTyy 44pp11GG rrgggggg ggAA gQ[�ppggD HOW: �EOW: TE8401G; TERM. 112329R: TTEE ggAA ?E646SB' TE0406B 0 AOD 141FUL x CA&4M4 WNKRSNIR COWRA411 ® Ii ❑ N: NOT AFFORDED. • © DELETI .Call .IMD,CATS TW09 6A SUSIN• E 1N;NR:14 VEHICLE If USED AND ZOSM40/ ult n■ WSMCli �.■ R sMG 9�UPOW. :•:.:.IIIUNKHAW IAN) ':li 4►NVJW to VSM SWUND A:=Q: ""USW: REAM. . YUew INUtK CL46TOM MV�I.I°i•i 'WDEA' "f.tTC pyl[R . MAULlIS �Itt['MANO9IMDNC*YtCITiftT'tl . NM +' ::Ol'iT�l[�f .: ':►JILT?.•': !IARVYTrirR7 G[t'?. 'toc he END Ott TWMICN IT It DRIVCN .:.• ,. , TR/u.NR V••d w4c we* Is N■O V••b No We M.0 yes Cl N•G woo NoG— .■ et no ••■ 4 n ■■ o a WC WM W fMt 10Li0{M11IC C11RMITIONt MOST l4456ILr RiPRNUNT't TNN WAV TWO& VEMIEt.d Is USED. IE M E MA M SfeATI, % F uss POR (` .. I'. :..' fI t MrMIMY: WIB;'�ptYtAt'ANI .....i: YIIM�IY'i1'1MCVE... Ywi w •Ia[ w ir�•Irb rr'.M.vuw. It Ji,ii:{oIi .::""t•1tlA♦tri' ;.. ,.. ; •, Ys to Pups ow"Onsa1• t'rGttpolhib• u Iyulr',I�eti:� Frodecl a cnsw use . . vL a 7l V••O % 'w+• CI % % w A p 1i % % I AIKV NCR TwCSL[Cl1llRAOISB■pIf'ATEOeVALIMIT pF LYLSIUfV.TNE REMARKS AAisrCE COIL WWI OB LIARIL17V RJR Pe024N14 INJUMV INeOTSCTIOII OMMINACiAWOR YN14tti4g:UuRCERniewwpun-CRICTCOMACT It �+-r Ely kL Lcrl�wl OF 1KAY cgjfR"i. --- - f l6C! YT'S. .1 '1R11]Giid7� r-1 REP,AC6 ALI. VRMC*.MLV 1sbUtU L,t1..Mra.Ul— iw ,..... —1 • --. -- - .- - IN RETUA4 FOR T4t PAWENT 7F T,IE PFEMIUM AND SURJEC- TO All THE TERMS OF TH`31^Aa�' C\w T,+ Yoe Ta FHcvluc 'h E IHSV.AkCE Ai r-TATID 1M 7419 POLICY Ir ��tvJ 1TXIr) QNt to, �y a Warned TOMMY KLEIN N AUG 1995 w\ r "" r"' Received in in l naaresR LU DOCKND DR TX 79413-5211 A LubbdckCouah Ills i{,if Dial {nr{{ss{{pill loll I{,rl{ if lIII ll{{nl{lr{I1r{ `�i Fitm SUfewQk q8 ■USINEtlD; INDIVIDUAL PO ERICO' 9/111✓1995 To 03/19/1996 yr + ITEM TWD . SCHED11t-E OC COVER"Mi ANC COVEitO AUTI 11 ��i Lx * A as, vDand\re Tlq w"awa,"b aA M, Ilenlif Ivwrd ,o ,I.w,i Irw� ` ► TA,s ratty provides inlythou 4mrtoo1 wKery i eharat It shown It the Premium Column below eorerepes will apply on yip Iholt autos shown as cover** autos —Autos Are spawn as oor" auto for a particular cowspa try Ihs srtry of ape or more or the symbols frolT the COVERED AUTO Seca on of this Busmen Aorta : averAQ. Ib,m hP,r: to the name of Ihr clwarape I MOST WE WILL' P��1...... C01RAiiCta �r o .::'silt• LI :RAY iOR ANY 011! PREMIUM Mores iw� «f ' ACCI!}lN7012 LOSS. r- 10A811.1T~ I BODILY INJURY/ 7.OP9 PROPFRTY DAMAGE PERSONAL INJURY PROTECTION `TE p4IC AUTO MEDICAL PAVIIItrNT4 - MOTORISTS T E 0 4 0 9 D i BODILY INJURY/ PROPERTY DAMAGE �^ COMPRLNIVEWa CMIAOc 7 00PUb CA OF L033 COYERAO& 40U.I91014 COV91AGI Tool 1p AND LAwpR 9 100:00o ACH PERSON $ 300000 ACH ACC DENT # 100,000 EACH ACCIDENT 0 2.500 1 100,000 EACH PERSON/ CST t 100,000 EACH ACC DENT fie ic"wi a Dpf) post w,4 :Opt RLCI wi-ri A! T �c•ur. 40 010 APrL.lia TO LOSS GLLSEO BY FiF1_ OR LICHT& ,al. YAIIII Ve CrSt Or US O,e,.t.l Yl, FOR hAf;W LOV6616G AUTO f llt Iffy} PC W n ln,nf•+P ,Mr1. CAWX0 ev NICGHIEP OR VANDA1.16M '"' Irr /slMvri 099 SrHtOw" 090 r0A if cw Ca+sHW AUTO a[E ITEM ENDS " HIRED OR OORACItVEO AUTO_- for wh dlubiem(-r.t pf :I rww,ilr nosaenaar Auto — -- weerlVY FOR iNDMRIYPYIa O A Peekt AND 1NO.,KYtInN1e APOyVINO TO fN.t POLICY PAD MA3G PART OF THIS ROLi" AT TIeAF t1F Iasuf iaTINATIED TOTAL PREMIIIM � • 1 IL00Z1, TE9960A, TE0401CP TE9918AP YE0409D, TE2329A, TECA063 a N J 2 iL0021, TE99,60A, TE0401C, 7E0409D, TE2329A, TE04069 39 844 l ATTACK TO Fvttm TE0001 TC COMPLETE NULI(CY A�., nu4~1e�,%':irl'a Asatu TL1.' RENEWALP'"Wrt If ........... ... .. .......... .. i 044.i1 PREMIUM AIJTOMOi1LE THEF1 PREVENTION AIJTIIORITY,FEE (991 INCLOSED EXPLANATICNI ! 1 to raraL PttRNiIJII........... ........... ............................... M t8ob 01 - NOTICE AGENT'S COPY ZEE ATTACHED j PLEASE PAY AMOUNT DUE: ON OR BEFORE DATE DUE ---- FT -A 152 219zz 04-10-1995 20921713 ACI V9DK 002 0 a - Z 9f — i FARMI BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE CHANGE FORM - r 'BUREAU TEXAS FARM BUREAU W=AL INSURANCE COMPANY 20931713 17 1 r IQFLFASE REINSTATE POLICY O PLEASE CANCEL POLIO• a011►m A62011 C07t Maw Ip11�YNT MINA"' y� r16�283/� 23 152 21922 —.� r" pare,r.reraol 09/19/1995 to 03119/199b Irel+t \ shes ca+n�'e>trcl;w r• erwatrO INauwaD AID AmDllass. a ILaII.., rherq,) evr.v WF/enye, Ptee.■ ihYM P.f. urf ldP WuPT „.plrff{QeiO.,O hip ^�riFi.wl Insured. 02/16/1996 09:56 7946662 TOMMY KLEIN CONST PAGE 02 CITY OF LUB13OCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT Akf'IDAVU To Be Completed by Appropriate Insurance Agent/Broker Prior to Award of Contract I, the undersigned Agent/Broker, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid d*wnem have been reviewed r' by me with the below identified Contractor. If the below identified Contractor is awarded this "tract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by eontracto4 fitmish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. , � � e r Wm. D. Agent (Signature) Agent (Print) r Name of Agent/Broker. - i PMAddress of Agent/Broker: t Citv/9tAW7.in- Ste B Richardson, TX. 75081 !' Agent/Broker Telephone 4: ( 214 ) 6 4 4 — 7 4 3 4 Date: 2/16/96 CONTRACTOR'S NAME: Tommy Klein Construction (Print or Type) ro CONTRACTOR'S ADDRES 3811 62nd Drive Lubbock, TX. 79413 NOTE TO AGENT/BROKER If this time requirement is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and awar4 the contract to r-another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact a Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806)767-2165. t BIll 01345a- RM2MMM V N DDM A G B I G PURCHA.Si.',' '96 FEE 19 P4:16 LUt F CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to t . beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice ' does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common .-� to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: F r� r REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." l . "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at S 12-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to r provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, and (D contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (I1), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. ❑ No Text r FCONTRACT t STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8th day of February,1996, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through David R. Langston, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and TOMMY KLEIN CONSTRUCTION of the City of Lubbock, County of Lubboc�l and the State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID #13453 - RESTROOM RENOVATION AND RAMP ADDITION AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING - $23,376.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas, in the year and day first above written. r ATTEST: t •, Secre ';*" MLMI"'Ps"ovii 6 fit R" Pw ATTEST: Corporate Secretary CONTRACTOR: r t CONSTRUCTION VNI r �- COMPLETE ADDRESS: Tommy Klein Construction 381162nd Drive Lubbock, Texas 79413 oft F [�'ENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT F r r I GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: TOMMY KLEIN CONSTRUCTION who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to GEORGE LISENBE. BUILDING AND ENERGY ADMINISTRATOR City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. S. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 8. WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefirlly preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 71, 2. 3. 4. S. Ca 7. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractoi, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: , who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to GEORGE LISENBE. BUILDING AND ENERGY ADMINISTRATOR City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 1. • 'IN Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a'manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY ` *r Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to r insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction .. thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The Owner's Representatives' estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract. The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. r 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION i, It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his decision. r" 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE t The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the r., work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations ' of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor, The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of L the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, •. and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 7\ 6 h is. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which maybe contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirement.-, of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) percent. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of r the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbitration as herein below provided. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the r "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any r ` character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their agents or employees, in the execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees including POW attorney's fees. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an Independent Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of his subcontractors. 1°`. 1 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE W r, The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General s Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be famished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the a Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance ' The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits, of $250,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: i Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury (with exclusion "c" waived) r B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $250.000 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $250,000 Combined Single Limit, to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. D. Builder's Risk Insurance The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (0% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $0.00 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000. 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self - insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. r- "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. `�` lk- S 3. 4. S. 6. 7 8. 9. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of overage showing extension of overage, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of overage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of overage, prior to the end of the overage period, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten (10) days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; ` (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: x (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and i (ii) no later than (7) seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they �•, are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report ► failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by J the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, .� and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS'COMPENSA TION CO VERA GE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must he covered by workers' compensation insurances This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regard&= of the identity of their employer or status as an employee" "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 5I2-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirementfor coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: r ri t (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner, provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement. ti 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES 0 The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims `•�► arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. r., 33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 1 The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement. 34. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the work. is It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic change and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and the amount is agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates for payments or from final payment. It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract. 35. TDAE AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. EXTENSION OF TWE The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for an extension of time, submitting therewith all written justification as may be required by Owner's Representative for such an extension as requested by Contractor. The Owner's Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an extension of time by the Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then consider such written request and respond to Contractor in writing granting or rejecting the request for an extension of time to complete the project. 37. ' H NDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. s i 38. OUAN'TITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is .- let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the ` estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be t furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project i 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY 1 The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to arty claim of any kind arising out of the existence or character of the work. E 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid attached hereto, which *" has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS + No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate r showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a r� waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 3 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage due Contractor. 43. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE -Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor. 44. FINAL PAYMENT Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in arty event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special conditions (if any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. 46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor arty provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for _ faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 47. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to �. such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 48. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents. 49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the 062b Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of s• such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten r (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said !° Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, E tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under �..; and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under i, this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner, or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under I� substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase r shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within thirty (30) days after the date of certificate of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners. 50. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the attached bid, the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said _ final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement. 51. BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of -= 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. pw f y 52. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or a, from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. t 54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR �.. Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. T` 55. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. r CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 7 Resolution =2502 January 8, 1987 Agenda Item #18 OGV:da RESOLUTION WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or mechanics needed to execute public works contracts for the City of Lubbock in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719 enacted February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February 23, 1984; and WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order to reflect the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE: BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which exhibits shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof for all intents and purposes: Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction Trades Exhibit C: Electrical Trades Exhibit 0: Overtime Rate Exhibit E: Weekend and Holiday Rate Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken on behalf of the City of Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in all public works contracts as provided by law. Passed by the City Council this 8th day of January , 1987. nettd..Boyd, City Secretary APPROVED T ONTENT: Bi 1 PKyne, 0 rector of Building Services J (f. � �hUO414 B.C. MCMINN, MAYOR APPROVED AS TO FORM: 00hild G. Vandiver, First Assistant City Attorney EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Acoustical Ceiling Installer Air Conditioner Installer Air Conditioner Installer -Helper Bricklayer Bricklayer -Helper Carpenter Carpenter -Helper Cement Finisher Drywall Hanger Electrician Electrician -Helper Equipment Operator - Heavy Light Floor Installer Glazier Insulator, Piping/Boiler Insulator -Helper Iron Worker Laborer, General Mortar Mixer Painter Plumber Plumber -Helper Roofer Roofer -Helper Sheet Metal Worker Sheet Metal Worker -Helper Welder - Certified HourlyRate $11.60 8.35 5.50 10.50 5.00 11.00 5.50 7.35 8.70 10.50 5.25 8.00 5.70 8.00 7.50 9.50 5.00 7.30 4.75 5.60 8.75 9.25 6.00 7.65 4.75 8.75 5.50 8.00 EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Asphalt Heaterman Asphalt Shoveler Concrete Finisher Concrete Finisher -Helper Electrician Flagger Form Setter Form Setter -Helper Laborer, General Laborer, Utility Mechanic Mechanic -Helper POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Asphalt Paving Machine Bulldozer Concrete Paving Machinist Front End Loader Heavy Equipment Operator Light Equipment Operator Motor Grade Operator Roller Scraper Tractor Truck Driver - Light Heavy Hourly Rate 0 $5.25 4.75 7.35 4.75 10.50 4.75 6.50 5.50 4.75 5.80 6.50 6.00 6.00 5.25 6.50 5.85 6.40 6.40 8.00 5.25 5.25 5.50 5.25 5.25 EXHIBIT C Electric Construction Trades Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Power Line Foreman $11.00 Lineman Journeyman 10.45 Lineman Apprentice Series 8.90 Groundman Series 7.25 EXHIBIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2 times base rate. EXHIBIT E Prevailing Wage Rates Weekend and Holiday Rate The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate. r r fi SPECIFICATIONS I i PROJECT MANUAL ADA PHASE II FACILITY REMODELING FOR THE CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK, TEXAS 898-94 COX/DIRKS ARCHITECTS PC LUBBOCK, TEXAS SET NO. MUNICIPAL SQUARE BASEMENT RESTROOM ADA COMPLIANCE AND E.O.C. RAMP CONSTRUCTION SCOPE This project consists of the complete renovation of the basement men's and women's restrooms at the Municipal Square. Also covered is the construction of a new ramp located between the E.O.C. Conference Room and the communications Center in the basement of the Municipal Square. The Contractor shall supply all material and labor for the complete demolition and construction of the above items and in accordance with the enclosed plans and specifications. All work shall take place during normal working hours and shall be closely coordinated with the Owner's representative. TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTE: These documents have been arranged in accordance with the CSI Format for Construction Specifications. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01095 REFERENCE STANDARD AND DEFINITIONS 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 01505 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01631 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02070 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 - METALS NOT APPLICABLE :t DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07901 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09255 09300 09400 09650 09680 09900 09950 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES TILE TERRAZZO RESILIENT FLOORING CARPETING PAINTING WALLCOVERINGS ! 898-94B TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 OF 2 " TABLE OF CONTENTS, CONT P DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10440 SPECIALTY SIGNS 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES r DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT r NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE r- DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION �•. NOT APPLICABLE °- DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS r NOT APPLICABLE 1 6 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL 15110 PLUMBING DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL i 16110 ELECTRICAL INDEX OF DRAWINGS DRAWING PAGE r DEMOLITION PLAN 1 OF 12 FLOOR PLAN 2 OF 12 r. FINISH SCHEDULE 3 OF 12 l DOOR ELEVATIONS 4 OF 12 TOILET ELEVATIONS 5 & 6 OF 12 I STANDARD INSTALLATION DETAILS 7 - 9 OF 12 %- DOOR DETAILS 10 OF 12 PLUMBING PLAN 11 OF 12 ELECTRICAL/CEILING PLAN 12 OF 12 i 898-94B TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 OF 2 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS k Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Project name is "ADA Phase II Facility Remodeling for The City of Lubbock" as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Cox/Dirks Architects, P.C. Drawings and Specifications are dated July 22, 1994. Contract Documents: The Contract Documents indicate the types of minimum requirements of procedure and performance of the Work of the Contract and related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the Project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: Special conditions. Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site. Alterations and coordination with existing conditions. Allowances. v" Summary by References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by k references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and modifications t.., to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this project manual and including but not necessarily limited to k printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other forces outside the Contract Documents. Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon the contract documents, the Work of the Contract can be summarized as follows: l" The Work of this Contract includes coordination of the entire Work of the Projects, including preparation of general coordination drawings, diagrams and schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through { project close-out and warranty periods. .. The Work includes site access, parking, ramps and signage to existing facilities. The Work includes remodeling of existing toilet facilities including plumbing fixtures, partitions, door and frames, wall finishes and t toilet accessories. �- The Work includes partial demolition to facilitate remodeling and f the patching and refinishing of all disturbed elements. 8 94- 94B SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 1 SUMMARY OF THE WORK, Cont. The Work includes removal and salvage and/or relocation of toilet accessories, doors and other items as shown or noted. CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. Keep 'driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Inform and coordinate Work with Owner to minimize disruption of existing operations. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. Keep public areas and service areas free from accumulation of wastematerials, rubbish or construction debris. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted within the building enclosure or on the premises. Maintain required fire exits from the building at all times. Prevent any damage to existing finishes scheduled to remain. OWNER OCCUPANCY Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner or his representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations or safety of the public. ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL ALLOWANCE REQUIREMENTS Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases, their installation, are shown and specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment 894-94B SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 2 SUMMARY OF THE WORK, Cont. {" to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. Additional requirements, if necessary, will be issued by Change Order. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related construction i activities. At the earliest feasible date after Contract award, advise the Architect of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed in order to avoid delay in performance of the Work. Purchase products and systems as selected by the Architect from the designated supplier. Submittals: Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. Change Order Data: Include in each Change Order proposal both the quantities of products being purchased and unit costs, along with total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey -of - requirements data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, and amounts of applicable trade discounts. Change Order Mark -Up: The amount of each Change Order resulting form final selection of products and systems covered by an allowance shall r be the difference between purchase order amount and allowance, and shall not include Contractor's mark-up (or subcontractor's mark-up) except to the extent clearly demonstrated (by Contractor) that either scope of installation or nature of work required was changed from that which could have been foreseen from description of allowance and other information in Contract Documents. Unit -Cost: Each Change Order amount for unit -cost type allowance shall be based solely on the difference between the actual unit purchase amount and the unit allowance, multiplied by the final measure or count r of work -in -place, with reasonable allowances, where applicable, for f cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar margins. Jr- Include installation costs in base bid price. When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate the margins as claimed. Prepare and submit substantiation of a change in the scope of work (if any) claimed in the Change Orders related to unit -cost type allowances. The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of r work -in -place by an independent quantity survey, measure or count. 894-94B SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 3 SECTION 01020 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS i Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing handling and processing allowances. t Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases, their installation, are shown and specified in the Contract Documents ,. by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. Additional requirements, if necessary, will be issued by Change Order. I. �- Types of allowances scheduled herein include the following: Unit -cost allowances. Contingency allowance. SELECTION AND PURCHASE At the earliest feasible date after Contract award, advise the Architect of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed in order to avoid delay in performance of the Work. Purchase products and systems as selected by the Architect from the designated supplier. SUBMITTALS Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Change Order Data: Include in each change order proposal both the quantities of products being purchased and unit costs, along with total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey -of -requirements data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, and amounts of applicable trade discounts. Change Order Mark -Up: The amount of each change order resulting from final selection of products and systems covered by an allowance shall be the difference between purchase order amount and allowance, and �., 898-94B ALLOWANCES 01020 - 1 R i ALLOWANCES, CONT shall not include Contractor's mark-up (or subcontractor's mark-up) except to the extent clearly demonstrated (by Contractor) that either scope of installation or nature of work required was changed from that which could have been foreseen from description of allowance and other information in contract documents. As a procedural restriction on Paragraph 3.8.2.4 of General Conditions, no mark-up (increase or decrease) shall be included in the change order amount for Contractor's increase or decrease in handling, labor, installation, overhead or profit unless purchase order amount varies from allowance by 15% or more. If allowance is,increased by more than 15%, then the Contractor may include a mark-up as indicated in the Supplementary General Conditions, Article 7, subparagraph 7.3.10. Unusedportions of the allowances will, be credited to the Owner at job completion by means of change order. UNIT -COST ALLOWANCE Each change order amount for unit -cost type allowance shall be based solely on the difference between the actual unit purchase amount and the unit allowance, multiplied by the final measure or count of work -in -place, with reasonable allowances, where applicable, for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar margins. Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as a part of -the allowance. When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate the margins as claimed. Prepare and submit substantiation of a change in the scope of work (if any) claimed in the change orders related to unit -cost type allowances. The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work -in -place by an independent quantity survey, measure or count. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE Use the contingency allowance only as directed for the Owner's purposes, and only by Change Orders which designate amounts to be charged to the allowance. The Contractor's related costs for products or equipment ordered by the Owner under the contingency allowance, including delivery, installation, taxes,, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs are not part of the Contract Sum. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include the Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins as determined in the Supplementary general Conditions. 898-94B ALLOWANCES 01020 - 2 ALLOWANCES, CONT At Project closeout, unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance shall be credited to Owner by Change Order. i UNUSED MATERIALS d The Contractor shall conform to requirements for extra stock or materials to be left and stored on the job site for Owner's r� future use as noted in the various specification sections. These materials shall be available for inspection and placed in Owner's secure space at the time of Substantial Completion. Prepare unused material for the Owner's storage, and deliver to the Owner's storage space as directed. Disposal of unusable material is the Contractor's responsibility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Inspect products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects. After allowance materials have arrived and been accepted on the job i site, the Contractor is responsible for all damage and quantities. The c Contractor shall bear all cost for replacement of missing, damaged or shortages in allowance materials. PREPARATION Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related construction activities. N SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES Allowance No. 1: Allow a contingency allowance of $15,000.00. Allowance No. 2: Allow a unit cost of $22.00 per square yard for purchase of carpet material only delivered on job site. Allowance No. 3: Allow a unit cost for vinyl wall fabric material only as stated below. Submit itemized areas for each type. All labor, freight and miscellaneous material for installation to be included in base bid. Type I: Allow $0.85 per square foot r 8 98- 94B _ ALLOWANCES 01020 - 3 �- SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. r", SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section "Selective Demolition". SUBMITTALS Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations from a licensed professional engineer to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. 17 898-94B CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING, CONT. QUALITY ASSURANCE Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result, in a reduction of load -carrying capacity or of load -deflection ratio. Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain the Architect's approval to proceed with cutting and patching as described in the procedural proposal for cutting and patching. Bearing walls. Structural steel. Lintels. Timber and primary wood framing. Structural decking. Miscellaneous structural metals. Piping, ductwork and equipment. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including energy performance_, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. Fire protection systems. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. Control systems. Communication systems. Electrical wiring systems. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or interior spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace work judged by the Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. Retain qualified experienced installer or fabricator to cut and patch the following categories of exposed Work, or if it is not possible to engage the original installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm: Processed concrete finishes. Stonework and stone masonry. Matched -veneer woodwork. Plaster. Acoustical ceilings. Terrazzo. Finished wood flooring. Carpeting. 8 98- 94B CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2 r•. CUTTING AND PATCHING, CONT. i' Wall covering. Tile flooring. PART 2 - PRODUCTS r MATERIALS Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials that will result in equal -or -better performance characteristics than that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the conditions under which the work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with the work. PREPARATION Temporary Support: To prevent failure, provide temporary support of work to be cut. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving the building but scheduled to be relocated, until provisions have been made to bypass them. PERFORMANCE General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with original installer's recommendations. In general where cutting is required, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or core drill to insure a neat hole. Cut holes and r 898-94B CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3 CUTTING AND PATCHING, CONT. slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Roof deck is to be neatly sawed where any penetration occurs. Comply with requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. By-pass utility services such as pipe and conduit before cutting, where such utility services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or partitions to be removed. After by-pass and cutting, cap, valve or plug and seal tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter. Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work. Where feasible, inspect and test patched structural areas to demonstrate integrity of work. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas, and where necessary extend finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another finished area, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. If necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after patched area has received prime and base coat. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. rT.PANTMr. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work is performed or used as access to work. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied.. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 898-94B CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 4 �• SECTION 01095 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 1 PART 1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, t apply to work of this section. r., DEFINITIONS General: Definitions contained in this Article are not necessarily complete, but are general to the extent that they are not defined more explicitly elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Indicated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used, it is to help locate the reference; no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted. Directed: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect", "requested by the Architect", and similar phrases. However, no implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. Approved: The term "approved", where used in conjunction with the ;� Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the responsibilities and duties of the Architect stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Such approval shall not release the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill Contract Document requirements, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes law:, statutes, ordinances and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work, whether they are lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not. Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at Project Site including the actual "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations". Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. z Installer: An "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including E - installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to 898-94B REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 1 I REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS, CONT'D perform. Trades: Using terms such as carpentry does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. Assigning Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, andtheir assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no option. However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on Drawings, and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the Project is to be built. Testing Agencies: A "testing agency" is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on, and, if required, to interpret, results of those inspections or tests. SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based. on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format and the MASTERFORMAT numbering system. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be 'interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular were applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a color 0 ) is used 898-94B REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 2 r+ REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS, CONT'D r within a sentence or phrase.,; DRAWING SYMBOLS Graphic symbols used on the Drawings are those recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards", published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., seventh edition. Mechanical/Electrical Drawings: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical Drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, they are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for clarification before proceeding. INDUSTRY STANDARDS Applicability of Standards: Except where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Individual Sections indicate which codes and standards the Contractor must keep available at the Project Site for reference. Publication Dates: Where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with the standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents. Updated Standards: At the request of the Architect, Contractor or authority having jurisdiction, submit a Change Order proposal where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work r, affected. The Architect will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. '^ Minimum Quantities or Quality Levels: In every instance the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply ell exactly, within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for r the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to t the Architect for decision before proceeding. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards r 898-94B REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS, CONT'D are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to. perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. Although copies of standards needed for enforcement of requirements may be part of required submittals, the Architect reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit additional copies as necessary for enforcement of requirements. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. Federal Government Agencies: Names and titles of federal government standard- or Specification -producing agencies are often abbreviated. Acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standard- or Specification -producing agencies of the federal government. SUBMITTALS Permits, Licenses and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgements, and similar documents, correspondence and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) (Not Applicable) 8 98- 94B REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 4 SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND -SAMPLES_ PART 1 GENERAL r Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. t DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work -related submittals. Individual submittal requirements are specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. Refer to other Division"[ 1 sections and other contract documents for requirements for ! administrative submittals. Definitions: Work -related submittals of this section are categorized for convenience as follows: �., Shop drawings include specially -prepared technical data for this project, including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information not in standard r" printed form for general application to a range of similar projects. Product data include standard printed information on materials, products and systems; not specially -prepared for this.project, other F than the designation of selections from among available choices printed therein. r- Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials, products and units of work; either for limited visual inspection or (where indicated) for more detailed testing and r analysis. Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work r.,. (non -administrative) include warranties, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, project photographs, survey data and reports, physical work records, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards, record drawings, field measurement data, r` operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock, and similar linformation, devices and materials applicable to the work and not processed as shop drawings, products data or samples. s GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Coordination and Sequencing: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals. Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for same work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination of ?" Architect's review with another. Refer to other Division 1 sections and other contract documents for specifications on administrative, non -work -related submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to the following items: Permits. Payment applications. Performance and payment bonds. Insurance certificates. 898-94B SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 1 SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATE & SAMPLES, CONT'D Inspection and test reports. Listing of subcontractors. Submittal Preparation: Provide permanent markinc on each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, submittal name, address and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Contractor to provide executed review and approval marking before submitting to the Architect and provide space for Architect's "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office will be returned by Architect "without action" Transmittal Form: AIA Form G810 or Contractors standard form if approved by the Architect. SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, comply with requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. Provide and process intermediate submittals, where required between initial and final, similar to initial submittals. The Contractor is responsible for: quantities; dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordination of his work with that of other trades; and the satisfactory performance of his work. Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 sections for additional general requirments applicable to shop drawings, product data, and samples for mechanical and electrical work, respectively. Shop Drawings: Provide newly -prepared information with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated), with name of preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliances with standards, and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final "Action" markings by Architect to be used in connection with the work. Submittal: Five (5) prints; two (2) will be retained and remainder will be returned. Provide two (2) additional copies (which will be returned) when required for maintenance manuals. Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system, and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Submittals: Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project, until compliance with requirements of contract documents has been confirmed by Contractor. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated. Initial submittal is final 8 98- 94B SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 2 SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATE & SAMPLES, CONT'D r submittal, unless returned `promptly_ by Architect and marked with "Action" which indicates an observed non-compliance. Submit five (5) copies, plus two (2) additional copies (which will be returned) where required for maintenance manuals. Two (2) copies will be " retained. Provide a preliminary single -copy submittal where required (or desired by Contractor) for selection of options by Architect. Installer's Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials, products or systems until final copy of applicable product data is in possession of Installer. Samples: Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products of the work. Include "range" samples (not less than three units) where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where Architect's selection is required. Prepare samples to match Architect's samples where so indicated. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and "kind" by Architect. Architect will not "test" samples (except as otherwise indicated) for compliance with other requirements, which are therefore the exclusive responsibility of Contractor. Submittal: At Contractor's option, provide preliminary submittal of single set of samples for Architect's review and "Action" which requires resubmittal; one set will be returned. Inspection and Test Reports: Classify each as either "shopdrawing" or "Product data", depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for project or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at point of production; process accordingly. Warranties: Refer to "Products" section for specific general requirements on warranties, product/workmanship bonds, and maintenance agreements. In addition to copies desired for Contractor's use, furnish two executed copies, except for maintenance manual. Survey Data: Refer to "Procedures" section for specific general requirements on property surveys, field measurements, quantitative records of actual work, damage surveys, photographs and similar data required by individual work sections of these specifications. None of specified copies will be returned. Standards: Where copy submittal is indicated, and except where r' specified integrally with "Product Data" submittal, submit a single 1: copy for Architect's use. Where workmanship at project site and elsewhere is governed. by standard, furnish additional copies to r- fabricators, installers and others involved in performance of the work. ' Closeout Submittals: Refer to individual work sections and to "closeout" sections for specific requirements on submittal of closeout {� information, materials, tools and similar items. Record Document Copies: Furnish one set. 898-94B SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 3 SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATE & SAMPLES, CONT'D Maintenance/Operating Manuals: Furnish two bound copies. Materials and Tools: Refer to individual work sections for required quantities of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys, and similar physical units to be submitted. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing copy submittal requirements) to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. Include such additional copies in transmittal forms. ACTIONS ON SUBMITTALS Architect's Action: Where action and return is required or requested, Architect will review each submittal, mark with "Action" and where possible return within two weeks of receipt. Where submittal must be held for coordination, Contractor will be so advised by Architect without delay. Review of submittals is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Final Unrestricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with contract documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Approved." Final -But -Restricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with contract documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Approved as Noted." Returned For Resubmittal: Do not proceed with work. Revise submittal in accordance with notations thereon, and resubmit without delay to obtain a different action marking. Do not allow submittal with the following marking (or marked submittals where a marking is required) to be used in connection with performance of the work: Marking: "Disapproved, Resubmit." PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) (Not Applicable) 8 98- 94B SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 4 r SECTION 01505 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES I PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions Supplementary Conditions and other apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS of Contract, including General and Division 1 Specification sections, Definitions: Specific administrative and procedural minimum actions are specified in this section, as extensions of provisions in General Conditions and other contract documents. These requirements have been included for special purposes as indicated. Nothing in this section is intended to limit types and amounts of temporary work required, and no omission from this section will be recognized as an indication by Architect that such temporary activity is not required for successful completion of the work and compliance with requirements of contract documents. Provisions of this section are applicable to, but not by way of limitation, utility services, construction facilities, support facilities, and security/protection provisions. I QUALITY ASSURANCE General In addition to compliance with governing regulations and rules/recommendations of franchised utility companies, comply with a specific requirements indicated and with applicable local industry standards for construction work. r NFPA Code: Comply with NFPA Code 241 (Building Construction and Demolition Operations). Conservation: In compliance with Owner's policies on energy/materials conservation, install and operate temporary facilities and perform demolition activities in a manner which will,conserve reasonably and avoid waste of energy and materials. Refer to Special Conditions section for Shared Utilities. JOB CONDITIONS General: Initiate use of each existing facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work. Terminate use and remove existing facilities as new permanent facilities are put into service. Conditions of Use: Operate, maintain and protect existing facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non -hazardous, sanitary and protective of persons and property, and free of deleterious effects. PARTS 2 & 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES The types of services required include, but.not by way of limitation, water, sewage, electrical power and telephones. Connect to existing utilities serving the building and comply with Owner's requirements for shared service. 898-94B TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, CONT'D TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Potable Water: Utilize existing hose bibbs. Sewer: Maintain existing sewers in nonclogged condition during construction period. Temporary Power: Utilize existing receptacles and systems as coordinated with Owner. Water Distribution: Utilize existing hose bibbs and hose of lengths sufficient to reach entire area of work. Prevent freezing of water distribution by either prompt drainage after each use or by suitable protection. Closures: Provide temporary closure walls where reasonably required to insure adequate workmanship and protection from weather and protection for existing occupancy. Lighting: Provide sufficient temporary lighting to ensure.proper workmanship everywhere, by combined use of daylight. Provide general lighting with local switching which will enable energy conservation during periods of varying activity (work -in -progress traffic only, security check, lock -up, etc.) Provide uniformly spaced general lighting equivalent to not less than one 200-watt incandescent lamp per 100 sq. ft. of floor area, and one 100-watt lamp per landing for each flight of stairs and per 50 feet of corridor as existing lighting .is removed. Access Provisions: Maintain temporary access elements as reasonably required to perform the work and facilitate its inspection during demolition. Comply with reasonable requests of governing authorities performing inspections. SECURITY/PROTECTION PROVISIONS The types of temporary security and protection provisions required include, but not by way of limitation, fire protection, barricades, warning signals/lights, building lockup and similar provisions intended to minimize property loss, personal injury and claims for damages at project site. Fire Extinguishers: Provide types, sizes, numbers and locations as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during construction, by -personnel at project site. Post local fire department call number on each telephone at the project site. Building Enclosure and Lockup: Secure building against unauthorized entrance at times when personnel are not working. Provide secure temporary enclosures at ground, floor and other locations of possible entry with locked entrances. 8 98- 94B TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 - 2 r SECTION 01631 - PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS l Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and C Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This section specifies administrative and,procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals". Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified.. r Definitions: Definitions used in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the contract documents, including such terms as, "specialties", "systems", "structure, "finishes", "accessories", "furnishings", "special construction", and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from the Contractor's previously purchased stock. The term "product" as used herein includes the terms "material", "equipment", "system" and other terms of similar intent. r- "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name including make or model designation, as recorded in current published product literature. "Materials" are products that must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, 'mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form units of work. "Equipment" a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after the Contract is awarded are considered requests for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions: Revisions to the contract documents, where requested by the Owner, Architect or Engineer are considered as "changes", not substitutions. ?' Substitutions requested during the bidding period, which have been accepted prior to the Contract Date, are included in the contract documents and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions as herein specified. Specified Contractor options on products and construction methods 898-94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 1 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D included in the contract documents are choices available to the Contractor and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions as herein specified. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders as issued by governing authorities. Standards: Refer to Division-1 section "Definitions and Standards" for the applicability of industry standards to the products specified for the project, and for the cronyms used in the text of the specification sections. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind, from a single source, for each unit of work. Compatibility of Options: Compatibility of products is a basic requirement of product selection. When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the project, the product selected must be compatible with other products previously selected, even if the products previously selected were also Contractor options. The complete compatibility between the various choices available to the Contractor is not assured by the various requirements of the Contract documents, but must be provided by the Contractor. SUBMITTALS Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution. In each request identify the product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced by the substitution; include related specification section and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions. Include the following information, as appropriate, with each request. Provide complete product data, drawings and descriptions of products, and fabrication and installation procedures. Provide samples where applicable or requested. Provide a detailed comparison of the significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the work originally specified. Significant qualities include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect where applicable. Provide complete coordination information. Include all changes required in other elements of the work to accommodate the substitution, including work performed by the Owner and separate Contractors. Provide certification by the Contractor along with executed action stamp stating, after thorough evaluation, that the proposed 8 98- 94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 2 r PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D .. t substitution will result in work that in every significant respect is equal to or better than _the,.work required by the Contract Documents. Include in this certification the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment of time, which may subsequently be necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. �., Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Architect will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within two (2) weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed r substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will. prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. Control delivery schedules to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular coordinate delivery and installation to ensure minimum holding or storage times for items known or recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other sources of loss. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store heavy materials away from the project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS GENERAL PRODUCT COMPLIANCE General: Requirements for individual products are indicated in the contract documents; compliance with these requirements is in itself a contract requirement. These requirements may be specified in any one of several different specifying methods, or in any combination of these methods. These methods include the following: r Proprietary Semi -proprietary Descriptive Performance Compliance with Reference Standards Compliance with codes, compliance with graphic details, allowances, visual selections and similar provisions of the Contract Documents also have a bearing on the selection process. I 8 98- 94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 3 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D Procedures for Selecting Products: The Contractor's options in selecting products are limited 'by requirements of the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by industry traditions or procedures. Procedures governing Iselection include the following:_ Proprietary and Semi -Proprietary Specification: Single Product Name: Where only a single product or,manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions permitted. Two or More Product Names: Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products named. No substitutions permitted. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or -equal" or similar language, comply with the contract documents provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval from the Architect for the use of an unnamed product. Non -Proprietary Specification: Where Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and'may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to the use of these products only, the.Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where the specifications describe a product or assembly generically, listing the exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide products or assemblies that provide the characteristics and otherwise comply with Contract requirements. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with specific requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for specific performances. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications require only compliance with an imposed standard, code or regulation, comply with specification requirements, including the standards, codes and regulations. Visual Matching: Where matching an established sample is required, the final judgment of whether a'product proposed matches the sample satisfactorily will be determined by the Architect. Where there is no product available within the specified category, matching the sample satisfactorily and also complying with other specified requirements, comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for the selection of matching product in another product category, or for non-compliance with specified requirements. Allowances: Refer to individual Specifications .sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division-1 for allowances that control product selection, and for the procedures required for processing such selections. SUBSTITUTIONS 898-94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS '01631 - 4 t^ PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D �., Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered when extensive revisions to th4e contract documents are not ' required, when the proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the contract documents, when the requests are timely, fully documented and properly submitted, and when one or more of the following conditions is satisfied, all as judged by the Architect; otherwise the requests will be returned without action except to record r non-compliance with these requirements. The Architect will consider a request for substitution when: The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the contract documents. The specified product or method cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of the Contractor's failure to pursue the work promptly or to coordinate activities properly. r The specified product or method cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work j' promptly or coordinate activities properly. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, ! time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the ro incompatibility. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. r The Contractor's submittal of and the Architect's acceptance of shop drawings, product data.or samples which relate to work not complying with requirements of the contract documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Provide products that comply with the requirements of the contract documents and that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, 898-94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 5 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D ' unused at the time of installation. Provide products that are complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. Standard Products: Where they are available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not permanently attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view either in occupied spaces or on the exterior of the completed project. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service -connected or power -operated equipment. Locate the nameplate on an easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data. Name of manufacturer Name of product .Model number Serial number Capacity Speed Ratings PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of the products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect surfaces as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of acceptance. 898-94B PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 016.31 - 6 �. SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL llA RELATED DOCUMENTS i Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to: Inspection procedures. Warranties and submittals. Final cleaning. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 through -16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION r^ Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request: In the Application for Payment that coincides with or first follows the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially r" complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents. .,. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. Advise Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. Obtain and submit releases enabling.the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. Complete start-up testing/balancing of systems, service all existing mechanical systems and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, �- mock-ups, and similar elements. f Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. i Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection of each listed Project, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion at the completion of the final phases following inspection, or advise the Contractor of 898-94B PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT, CONT construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. FINAL ACCEPTANCE Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List known exceptions in the request. Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously. submitted and accepted., Include certificatesof insurance for products and completed operations where required. Submit waiver of liens. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. Submit consent of surety to final payment. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION WARRANTIES (Not Applicable) This Article specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 898-94B PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 r PROJECT CLOSEOUT, CONT f r., Specific requirements for warranties for the Work -and products and installations that are specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections of Divisions=`through -16. f Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. After warranty Work is completed, reinstate warranty equal to the original with equitable adjustment for depreciation. �., Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. r Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented r' that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required and previously reviewed warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. ! Warranties may include, but are not limited to, the following: 898-94B PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT, CONT Contractor's General Warranty Flush Wood Doors: Carpeting: Mirrors: FINAL CLEANING Section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors Section 09680 - Carpeting Section 08800 - Mirror Units General, cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities". Cleaning; Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are — noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors clean with final seal coat. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. -Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even -textured surface. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials form the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 898-94B. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of selective demolition work is indicated on drawings. Types of Selective Demolition Work: Demolition requires the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the following: Portions of building structure indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. r.. Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. Removal of doors and frames indicated 'remove' or "remove and relocate". Removal of existing floor or wall finishes indicated. Removal of built-in casework indicated 'remove' or "remove and relocate". rRemoval of walls at new openings as indicated. Removal and protection of existing plumbing fixtures, grab_ bars, mirrors, toilet paper holders, soap dispensers, paper towel dispensers and other items indicated for salvage or relocation. Related work specified elsewhere: Remodeling construction work and patching is included within the respective sections of specifications, including removal of materials for re -use and incorporated into remodeling or new construction. w Relocation of pipes, conduits, ducts, other mechanical and electrical work are specified by respective trades. SUBMITTALS Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owner's Representative for review prior to commencement of work. Include coordination for shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. Provide detailed sequencing and coordination of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on -site operations. l Coordinate with Owner the continuing occupation of portions of l existing building after substantial completion of each phase. r- 898-94B 02070 - 1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, CONT JOB CONDITIONS Occupancy: Owner will be continuously occupying areas of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72"[ hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities which will severely impact Owner's normal operations. Condition of Structures:, Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect Owner's personnel, guests, and — general public from injury due to selective demolition work. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to and from occupied portions of building. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished, and adjacent facilities or work to remain. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations_. Protect existing floors finishes with suitable coverings when necessary. Construct temporary insulated solid dustproof partitions where — required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks if required. Maintain corridors as an exit. _ Provide temporary weather protection during interval. between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces, and installation of new construction to insure that no water leakage or damage occur to structure or interior area of existing building. Remove protections at completion of work. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work at no cost to Owner. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with Owners activities, -- streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. r 8 98-'94B 02070 - 2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, CONT Flo Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities' without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around f` closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing 4 regulations. r Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. i Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition I operations. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized by the Owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION (Not Applicable). Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Note existing conditions to structure surfaces, equipment or to surrounding properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition work. PREPARATION Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed. Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portion of the building. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust -proof partitions of minimum 4" studs, 1/2" gypsum board on both sides with joints staggered, and fill partition cavity with sound -deadening insulation. Locate, identify, stub off and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72"[ hours advance notice to Owner if shut -down of service is necessary during change -over. I 8 98- 94B 02070 - 3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, CONT DEMOLITION Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and sequencing. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power -driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven impact tools. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors or framing. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible. Remove carpet and existing tile and terrazzo floors where indicated and scrape or grind existing surfaces to provide a smooth structurally sound surface acceptable to installer for application of new scheduled floor finishes. Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting. from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 5" diameter, roots or other organic matter. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements which conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. SALVAGE MATERIALS Salvage Items: Where indicated on Drawings as "Salvage -Deliver to Owner", carefully remove indicated items, clean, store and turn over to Owner. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site. Transport and legally dispose of materials off site. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. 898-94B 02070 - 4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, CONT CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. 898-94B 02070 - 5 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL r RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. Cast -in -place concrete includes the following: Curb and gutters. Slabs on grade. Ramps. Walks. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: ACI 301 "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings." ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice". Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing laboratory acceptable to Architect to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense. PART 2 - PRODUCTS FORM MATERIALS Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "A-C or B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class I. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/1 volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1-inch diameter in concrete surface. REINFORCING MATERIALS Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. Type 1: For use as stirrups and stays Type 2: For bent bars 3/4" or smaller Welded Wire Fabric (WWF): ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Use 6 x 6 - W1.4 x W1.4 mesh unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. Supports for Reinforcement: . Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire -bar -type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise acceptable. .For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. Ties: All intersections or laps to be tied with 16 gage annealed wire. CONCRETE MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or ASTM D 150 (High -early strength). Use one brand of cement throughout project. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. Aggregates to be tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 142. Use 1-1/2" aggregate for footings, beams and walls and 1" aggregate for other portions. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing spalling-causing deleterious substances. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C.33 but that special tests or actual service have shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to the Architect. Water: Potable 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT Admixtures, General: Provide-admixtures.for concrete that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be r compatible with other required admixtures. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of ,:. the following: "Air-Tite," Cormix. "Air -Mix" or "Perma-Air," Euclid Chemical Co. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace. "MB-VR" or "Micro -Air," Master Builders, Inc. "Sealtight AEA," W.R. Meadows, Inc. "Sika AER", Sika Corp. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, and contain not more than 1% chloride ions. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Chemtard," Chem -Masters Corp. "PSI N," Cormix. "Eucon WR-75," Euclid Chemical Co. "WRDA," W.R. Grace & Co. "Pozzolith Normal" or "Polyheed," Master Builders, Inc. "Prokrete-N," Prokrete Industries. "Plastocrete 161," Sika Corp. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride thyocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. RELATED MATERIALS Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane- forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture lossnot more that 0.055 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. !' ft./gal. 1 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, •� products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: "Horn Clear Seal," A.C. Horn, Inc. "L&M Cure," L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. C "Masterkure," Master Builders, Inc. "Kure-N-Seal," Sonneborn-Rexnord. PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings and schedules: 3000-psi 28-day compressive strength; 480 lbs. cement per cu. yd. minimum; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum (Non -Air -Entrained), 0.46 maximum (Air entrained). Water -Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water. -cement (W/C) ratios as follows: Subjected to freezing and thawing; W/C 0.50. Slump Limits: Proportion -and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. Other concrete: Not more than 4 inches. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work. ADMIXTURES Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture _ (Superplasticizer in concrete as required for placement and workability. Use air -entraining admixture in all exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus -or -minus 1-1/2 percent within following limits: Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing, deicer chemicals, or subjected to hydraulic pressure: 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 5.5 percent (severe exposure) 1-1/2" max. aggregate. 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) 1" max. aggregate. Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. CONCRETE MIXING Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CON`1' When air temperature is between 85 deg. F (30 deg. C) and 90 deg. F (32 deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg. F (32 deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL Coordinate the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. ' FORMS General: Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction G tolerances complying with ACI 347 limits. ,r. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages.and inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete placement is required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 CAST -IN• -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT PLACING REINFORCEMENT General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. Lap all splices 20 diameters but never less than 12". Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Accurately , position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Install welded wire fabric in all slabs, walks, porches, drives and approaches in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. JOINTS Construction Joints: -Locate and install construction joints, as indicated or, if not indicated, locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -ground at points of contact between slabs -on -ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade "- beams, and elsewhere as indicated. _ Joint filler and sealant materials are specified in Division 7 Sections of these specifications. Contraction (Control) Joints in Building Slab -on -Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabs -on -ground to form panels or patterns as shown. Provide dowels through joint material as called for with one side of dowel free to allow movement of slab in contraction. Top of joint shall be set to line with finish floor elevation. Tool joints with 1/16" radius each side at locations where no floor covering will be applied. Contraction (Control Joints in Exterior Slab -on -Ground): Provide contraction joints to form panels or patterns as shown. If not shown provide joints at 6'-0" on center maximum unless directed otherwise by the Architect. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard or fiberboard strip, 1/8" wide x 1/4 of slab depth, into fresh concrete -_ until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT t. VIM remove inserts and clean grooves,of loose debris. f ' Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints for slabs on grade as shown. If not shown, provide joints at 25 feet on center for all exterior slabs on grade. Use 1/2" premoulded, nonextruding bituminous material the thickness of the slab. ,w INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS General: Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using ,. strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. INSTALLATION/PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES AND SCREED STRIPS Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips at eight feet on center maximum for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support types of screed strips by use of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. Screeds to be continuous. Striking off concrete by use of screeding between individual stobs or A - points will not be allowed. Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Thin form -coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in. amount, and under conditions of form -coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Coat steel forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust -stained steel formwork is not acceptable. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Notification: Notify Architect 24 hours before the placing of any concrete. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect the complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts, to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, j 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as herein specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations. Cold Weather Placing: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. No concrete shall be placed unless air temperature is 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and rising. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators. -- Hot Weather Placing:- When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that. steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air '- temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed. FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed -to -view in the finish work or concealed'by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form -facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/41' in height rubbed down or chipped off. 8 98- 94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 r" CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT �,. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or { to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or t a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting or other similar system. This is as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form a facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES Non -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS Filling -In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trade is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION r^ General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. l Use continuous water -fog spray. 8 98- 94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT Provide curing and sealing compound to exterior walls, slabs, walks and curbs as follows: Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to be patched with specified bonding agent. Place patching mortar after bonding compound has dried. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry -pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the durability of concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. Repair defective areas, except random cracks exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and concrete. Remove defective areas to sound and single holes not replacing with fresh concrete with clean, 8 98- 94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10 r CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT square cuts and expose reinforcitig-steel with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Mix dry -pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate .. passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Place dry -pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72"[ hours. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect. QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform other tests and to submit test reports. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as directed by Architect. b+ A slump cone and rod shall be on the job site at all times when concrete is being placed. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or ` normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air - entrained concrete. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength specimens. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of three standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. Compressive Strength Test: ASTM C 39; one set for each 100 cu. yds. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 11 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT or fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in any one day or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one specimen tested at seven days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 20 cu. yds., strength test may be waived by Architect if, in his judgement, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive by more than 500 psi. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready -Mix Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicated specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified. 898-94B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12 SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY � PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of -each type of masonry work is indicated on drawings and schedule. Types of masonry work required include: Concrete unit masonry. QUALITY ASSURANCE DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition. Store and handle masonry units to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature change, contaminants, corrosion or other causes. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover and in dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent deterioration by corrosion and accumulation of .dirt. PROJECT CONDITIONS Sta��inin2: Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to f` e left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in '. contact with such masonry. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL Manufacturer: Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer, of uniform texture and color for each kind required, for each continuous area and visually related areas. Wherever shown to "match existing , provide masonry of matching color, texture and size as existing adjacent work. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS a Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8" high (15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual), unless otherwise r j 898-94B UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 1 UNIT MASONRY, CONT indicated. Verify and match existing block dimensions at all locations where walls are patched. Special Shapes: Provide.where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions. Hollow Load -Bearing: ASTM C 90 where shown. Grade N for general use in exterior walls above and below grade that may or may not be exposed to moisture penetration or weather, and for interior walls and backup. Type I, moisture controlled units. Weight Classification: Lightweight units. (Less than 105 lbs. per cu. ft., oven dry weight of concrete) at the following locations. Interior walls Weight Classification: Normal weight units. (125 lbs. per cu. ft. or more, oven dry weight of concrete) at the following locations. Load bearing walls Exterior walls Cure units by autoclave treatment at a minimum temperature of 350 deg. F (176 deg. C), and a minimum pressure of 125 psi. Limit moisture absorption of 25% of saturation during delivery and .until time of installation. Exposed Faces: Provide manufacturer's standard color and texture to match existing walls. MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce the required mortar. color. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. Aggregates: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than 1/4" use aggregate graded with 100% passing the No. 16 sieve. Water: Clean, free of deleterious materials which would impair strength or bond. MASONRY CLEANERS Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard strength general purpose cleaner designed for new masonry surfaces of type indicated; composed of blended organic and inorganic acids combined with special wetting systems and inhibitors; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 8 98- 94B UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 2 UNIT MASONRY, CONT �. "Sure Klean" No. 600 Detergent;=ProSoCo, Inc. MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or 4 anti -freeze agents such as Calcium Chloride in mortar or grout. �• Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specifications, except limit materials to those specified herein, and limit cement/lime ratio (by volume) as follows: Masonry Cement: Over 2-1/4 parts up to three parts damp loose aggregate per one part of masonry cement. No lime allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION i INSTALLATION, GENERAL r Do not wet concrete masonry units. Cleaning Reinforcing: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls, floors and other masonry r construction to match existing thickness. Build single-wythe walls (if any) to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of " nominal thickness indicated. r Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry work. After installation of equipment, complete masonry work to match work immediately adjacent to the opening. Cut masonry units using motor -driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining work. Use full-size units without cutting where possible. Matching Existing Masonry Work: Match coursing, bonding joint and texture of new masonry work with existing work. r CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises do not exceed 1/4" in 101, or 3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20' nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20' maximum, not 1/2" in 40' or more. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum,.nor 3/4" in 40' or more. Variation of Linear Building Line: For positions shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. t, Variation in Cross -Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4" nor plus 1/211. r 898-94B UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 3 UNIT MASONRY, CONT Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness:, Do not exceed bed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/811, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2". Do not exceed head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8".- LAYING MASONRY WALLS Lay-up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Match coursing, bonding, color and texture of new masonry work with existing work. Built -In Work: As the work progresses, build-initems specified under this and other sections of these specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING Use Type N mortar for exterior above grade loadbearing and non- loadbearing walls, parapet walls, interior loadbearing walls and non-loadbearing partitions. Batch Control: Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Use water clean and free of deleterious materials which would impair the work. Do not use mortar which has begun to set, or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hr. period as required to restore workability. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. For starting courses on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells. Joints: Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not otherwise indicated, lay walls with 3/8" joints. Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials. Tool exposed joints slightly concave. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, -- clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. onry wythes if reinforced, or 30'-0" o.c. if not reinforced. 8 98- 94B UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 4 UNIT MASONRY, CONT i; LINTELS Install loose lintels of steel and other materials where shown. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, e stained or otherwise damaged due to selective demolition or remodeling. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weepholes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up all joints "m at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform f appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compounds. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry as follows: Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or chisels. Protect adjacent masonry and non -masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film or waterproof masking tape. r Saturate wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; i remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. Use bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA ! "Technical Note No. 20 Revised" to clean brick masonry made from clay or shale, except use masonry cleaner indicated below. r { Acidic cleaner; apply in compliance with directions of cleaner manufacturer. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer, which ensures unit masonry work being without damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion. r 8 98- 94B UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 5 7 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY ` PART 1 - GENERAL r RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Framing with dimension lumber. Wood framing. Wood grounds, nailers and blocking. Wood furring. Subflooring. Underlayment. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 "Finish Carpentry and Millwork" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in this Section. Division 9 Section" Gypsum Drywall" for interior drywall work. DEFINITIONS Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and which is generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, [ place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS LUMBER, GENERAL Lumber Standards: Furnish lumbermanufactured to comply with PS. 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard�� and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to r 898-94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT. reference with lumber grades and species include the following: SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory -marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2" or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. DIMENSION LUMBER For light framing (2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide), provide the following grade and species: Standard grade. Any species graded under WWPA or WCLIB rules. For structural framing (2" to 4" thick, 5" and wider), provide the following grade and species: "No. 2" grade. Douglas Fir or Douglas -Fir -Larch graded, respectively, under WCLIB or WWPA rules. Southern Pine graded under SPIB rules. BOARDS Exposed Boards: Where boards will be exposed in the finished work, provide the following: Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum, "S-DRY" or KD-19. Where painted finish is indicated, provide "No. 1 Boards" per SPIB rules, "Select Merchantable Boards" per WCLIB rules, or "No. 2 Common Boards & Better" per WWPA rules. Concealed Boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide lumber of 19 percent maximum moisture content (S-DRY or KD-19) and of following species and grade: Redwood "Construction Common" per RIS rules, Southern Pine "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules, or any species graded "Construction Boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules. 8 98- 94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT. 1, Board Sizes: Provide sizes indicated or, if not indicated (for sheathing, subflooring and similar uses), provide 1" x 8" boards. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant �•. strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: "Standard" grade light -framing -size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. "No. 2 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules. CONSTRUCTION PANELS, GENERAL r Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for, plywood construction panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with j American Plywood Association (APA) PRP-108. Trademark: Furnish construction panels that are each factory- marked I with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. CONCEALED PERFORMANCE -RATED CONSTRUCTION PANELS General: Where construction panels are indicated for the following concealed types of applications, provide APA Performance -Rated Panels complying with requirements designated under each application for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, edge detail (where applicable) and thickness. f` Subflooring: APA RATED SHEATHING. 1 Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. Exposure Durability Classification: EXPOSURE 1. Span Rating: As required to suit joist spacing indicated. Thickness: 3/4" CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR UNDERLAYMENT Pl wood Underla ment for Resilient Flooring: For underlayment under 19 32" in indicated thickness, provide plywood panels with fully sanded face complying with the following requirements: a Grade Designation: APA C-C PLUGGED EXT. For underlayment over lumber floors ?,! provide plywood of species Group 1. with boards up to 4" wide, 8 98- 94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT. Thickness: As required to match existing conditions. Plywood Underlayment for Carpet: Provide plywood panels in thickness indicated and complying with the following requirements: Grade Designation: APA UNDERLAYMENT INT. Thickness: 3/4" Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272. Wood Screws: 'ANSI B18.6.1. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, flat 'washers. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing:. Formulation complying with APA- AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both"adhesive and panel manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION, GENERAL Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. '- Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, -- grounds, and -similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails 8 98- 94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 r ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT._ r for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. r� Use self drilling and tapping screws to install roof deck plywood to wood framing members. WOOD GROUNDS, HAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS 4 + Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key -bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. WOOD FURRING Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL Framing Standards: Comply with National Forest Product Association N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing", unless otherwise indicated. Do not splice structural members between supports. Install framing members of size and spacing to match existing conditions. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with the following: "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of "Manual for House Framing" and t "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" published by N.F. P.A. "Table No. II - Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. Do not splice structural members between supports. 1. STUD FRAMING General: Provide stud framing of size and spacing indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of the following sizes and spacings. Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Install single bottom plate .' and double top plates using 2" thick members with widths equaling that of studs; except single top plate may be used for non -load -bearing F" 898-94B ` ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 5 ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT. partitions. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. For interior partitions and walls install 2" x 4" wood studs spaced 16" o.c. Construct corners and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Install miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items and trim. Install continuous horizontal blocking row at mid -height of single -story partitions over 8' high using 2" thick members of same width as wall or partitions. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. For non -bearing partitions, install double -jamb studs and headers not less than 4" deep for openings 3' and less in width, and not less than 6" deep for wider openings. For load -bearing partitions, install double -jamb studs for openings 6' and less in width, and triple -jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth shown, or if not shown, provide as recommended by N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing". FLOOR JOIST FRAMING General: Provide framing of sizes and spacings to meet specific job conditions. Install floor joists with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1-1/2" of bearing on wood or metal, or 3" on masonry. Attach floor joists as follows: Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and trimmers where span of header exceeds 41. Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to 1/6-depth of joist, 1 3 at ends. Do not bore holes larger than 1/3-depth of joist or locate closer than 2" from top or bottom. Install solid blocking (2" thick by depth of joist) at ends of joists unless nailed to header or bearing member. Under jamb studs at openings, install solid blocking between joists. Under non -load -bearing partitions, install double joists separated by solid blocking equal to depth of studs above. Install bridging between joists where nominal depth -to -thickness ratio exceeds 4, at intervals of 81. Solid wood bridging 2" thick by depth of joist, end nailed to joist. INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E 30F, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for '- types of construction panels and applications indicated. 8 98- 94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY, CONT. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: Subflooring: Glue -nail and Drywall Type 'S' screws to wood framing. Decking: Self drilling and tapping screws to framing. Underlayment: Glue -nail and Drywall Type 'S' screws. Fill and sand edge joints of underlayment receiving resilient flooring. 8 98- 94B ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 7 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK PART 1 - GENERAL r- RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentry work, which is exposed to view, is non-structural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. Types of finish carpentry work in this section include: Interior frames for doors and other openings. *" Plastic laminate countertops. Rough carpentry is specified in another section within Division 6. Builders Hardware and wood doors are specified in section within Division 8. Flush Wood Doors are specified within Division 8. QUALITY ASSURANCE Factory -mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except, omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit All certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accorr3ance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface. Y" AWI Quality Marking: Mark each assembled unit of architectural woodwork with manufacturer's identification and grade mark evidencing compliance with indicated AWI quality grade. Locate grade mark on surfaces which will not be exposed after installation. For other items requiring field assembly, a certification of compliance may be substituted for marking of individual pieces. Arrange for architectural woodwork with sequence matched wood veneers to be produced by a single firm. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Prior to beginning any work in mill, submit shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices, hardware and other components. Submit shop drawings for the following: Framed openings and lights, including trim. Casework. No work is to proceed until approved shop drawings have been returned. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect finish carpentry materials during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Deliver in closed weathertight trailer. r 898-94B e FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06200 - 1 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK, CONY Do not deliver finish carpentry materials, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. JOB CONDITIONS Conditioning: Installer humidity requirements for install finish carpentry relative humidity have installation areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS shall advise Contractor of temperature finish carpentry installation areas. Do until required temperature. and been stabilized and will be maintained WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS and not in Design and Construction Features: Comply with details shown for profile and construction of architectural woodwork; and, where not otherwise shown, comply with applicable Quality Standards. Measurements: Before proceeding with fabrication of woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details as required for accurate fit. Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product indicated. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1. Hardwood Lumber Standard: Comply with National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) rules. Woodworking Standard: Where indicated for a specific product comply with sspecified provision of the following: Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Quality Standards." Glue -Up Lumber Standard: Comply with PS 56. MATERIALS General: Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detailed dimensions. Provide dressed or worked and dressed lumber, as applicable, manufactured to the actual sizes as required by PS 20 or to actual sizes and pattern as shown. Moisture Content of Hardwood Lumber: Provide kiln -dried (KD) lumber with an average moisture content range of 9% to 13% for exterior work and 6% to 11% for interior work. Maintain temperature and relative humidity during fabrication, storage and finishing operations so that moisture content values for woodwork at time ofinstallation do not exceed the following: Interior Wood Finish: 5%-10% for mild regions (as defined by AWI). 8 98- 94B FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06200 - 2 1- �~ FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK, CONT Lumber for Painted Finish: At. Contractor's option, use pieces which are either glued -up lumber or made of solid lumber stock. INTERIOR WOOD FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: Solid Wood: Plain sawn FAS Red Oak complying with requirements for specified woodwork grade. fiPlywood: Plain sliced Red Oak hardwood plywood with exterior glue ` complying with requirements for specified woodwork grade. Premium. Plastic Laminate: Comply with NEMA LD-3 for type, thickness, color, + pattern and finish indicated for each application, or if not indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard products. r Quality Standards: For the following types of architectural woodwork; comply with indicated standards as applicable: Casework and Countertops: AWI Section 400 Miscellaneous Work: AWI Section 700 r INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Wood Casework, Transparent Finish: Grade: Custom Wood Casework, Opaque Finish: Grade: Custom Plastic Laminate Countertops: Grade: Custom PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. INSTALLATION Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sized or patterns. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. r-. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. r- 41 8 98- 94B FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06200 - 3 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK, CONT Anchor finish carpentry work to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fastener heads are required, use fine finishing nail for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is indicated. ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean finish carpentry work on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. Refer to Division 9 section for final finishing of installed finish carpentry work. Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. 8 98- 94B FINISH'CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06200 - 4 r" SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifications, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. The applications for joint sealers as work of this section include the following: Window and door joints. Interior wall and ceiling joints. Joints at plumbing fixtures. I Fire resistant joint sealers. a General Performance: Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealers are required to establish and maintain airtight and watertight continuous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and aging as indicated for each application. Failures of installed sealers �... to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. JOB CONDITIONS Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint l substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. r- Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's ,., standard colors. 8 98- 94B JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS, CONT ELASTOMERIC JOINTS SEALANTS One -Part Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and,.as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with furgicide for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates around ceramic tile, showers, sinks and plumbing fixtures. One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25, Uses NT, M, A and, as applicable to joints substrates indicated, O for sealing at exterior and interior door and window joints where "caulk" is indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: One -Part Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: "Dow Corning 786"; Dow Corning Corp. "SCS 1702"; General Electric Co. 11863 #345 White"; Pecora Corp. "Proglaze White"; Tremco Corp. One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: "Chem -Calk 900"; Bostik Construction Products Div. "Dynatrol I"; Pecora Corp. "Sonolastic NP 111; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chem. Prod. Inc. ."Dymonic"; Tremco Inc. FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS General: I Provide manufacturer's standard sealant and accessory materials with fire -resistance rating indicated which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Foamed -In -Place Fire -Stopping Sealant: Two-part, foamed -in -place, silicone sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for filling openings around cables, conduit, pipes, ducts and similar multiple penetrations through walls and floors. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide non -staining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. 8 98- 94B JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS, CONT ,,. PART 3 - EXECUTION All joint sealing is to be completed prior to application of water repellent wall sealer. INSPECTION r- Installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. �. Obtain Installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealer work. Do not allow joint sealer work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. f PREPARATION t Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: E Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and frost. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles r remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates when indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation inT structions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. r Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations 4 of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. 8 98- 94B JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 3 JOINT SEALANTS, CONT Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. Installation of Sealant'Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: Install joint -fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint -fillers. Remove absorbent joint -fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for. each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after Gealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Installation of Fire -Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. 8 98- 94B JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 4 SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL r I RELATED DOCUMENTS t Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following products manufactured in accordance with SDI Recommended Standards: Doors: Seamless, hollow or composite construction standard steel doors for interior and exterior locations. Frames: Pressed steel frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, mullions, interior glazed panels, and other interior and exterior openings of following type: Welded unit type at exterior doors. Knockdown field assembled type at interior masonry construction. Drywall Slip -On type at drywall construction. Assemblies: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as required for the following: Labeled and fire rated. Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted. Painting of primed doors and frames is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting". Wood doors are specified in another Division 8 Section. Door hardware is specified in another Division 8 Section. Glass and Glazing are specified in another Division 8 Section. Building in of anchors and grouting of frames in masonry construction is specified in Division 4. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of fi door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage 898-94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 1 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT and accessory items. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. Label Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire -rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies, submit manufacturer's certification that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to conform to design, materials and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide doors and frames .complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommendation Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI/SDI-100 and as herein specified. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been determined per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed by UL, Factory Mutual, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver doors and frames cardboard -wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Inspect doors'and frames upon delivery for damage. -Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4-inches spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard steel doors and frames by one of the following: Standard Steel Doors -and Frames: Amweld Building Products, Inc. Curries Company. Fenestra Corp. Kewanee Corp. Republic Builders Products. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 8 98- 94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 2 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT MATERIALS Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. r. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc -coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, or drawing quality, ASTM A 642, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage sheet steel; galvanized where used with galvanized frames. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. Primer: Rust -inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel boors and Frames." DOORS Provide metal doors of types and styles or grades and models indicated on drawings or schedules. Provide metal doors of SDI grades and models specified below or as indicated on drawings or schedules: Interior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 3 or 4, minimum 18-gage cold -rolled sheet steel faces. Exterior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade III, extra heavy-duty, Model 4, minimum 16-gage galvanized steel faces. FRAMES Provide metal frames for doors of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 18-gage cold -rolled steel at interior. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, welded construction for exterior applications and knocked -down for field assembly at interior applications. r Form exterior frames from 16-gage galvanized steel. i ` Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to r receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single door frames. i ? Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 26-gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might 898-94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. FABRICATION Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit.and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory -assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI-100 requirements. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard small cell honeycomb over the entire surface. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads except between non -fire -rated pairs of doors not more than 1/4 inch. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold -rolled steel. Fabricate doors to be mortised and reinforced with full height with minimum 11-gage steel lock edge channel welded at a maximum.of 5" o.c. Provide continuous top and bottom 16-gage steel channels welded at a maximum of 2-1/2" o. c. Lock edge shall have a continuous welded and planished seam at panel joint. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold -rolled or hot -rolled steel. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel in accordance with SDI-112. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16-gage inverted steel channels. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. .- Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable '- requirements of ANSI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Door Hinge reinforcement shall have a minimum of 3/16" total thickness. Door panic exit device reinforcement shall be a minimum 16-gage steel. _ Reinforcement for closers shall be a minimum of 12-gage steel. FRAME REINFORCEMENT Hinge reinforcement plates shall be a minimum of 9-gage steel. 8 98- 94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 4 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT �... Strike reinforcement shall be a minimum of 14-gage steel, extruded and formed to an equivalent of 10-gage. Closer reinforcement shall be a minimum of 12-gage steel. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface -applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied hardware may be done at project site. C" Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's �.., N Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. r- Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a ~ uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. PART 3 -_EXECUTION INSPECTION �. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which steel doors and frames are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. In plaster or masonry walls constructed with antifreeze additives, protect inside (concealed) faces of door frames using fibered E asphalt emulsion coating. Apply approximately 1/8" thick over shop primer and allow to thoroughly dry before handling. In new masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on r., strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry Tee anchors. At existing concrete or masonry construction, provide 3 completed 8 98- 94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 5 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. Install fire -rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In -closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. In in -place drywall partitions install knock down slip-on drywall frames. At steel studs with wood blocking, use wood stud anchors. Attach integral sill anchors to slab with power actuated concrete fasteners at all frames. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI-100. Install fire -rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80. ADJUST AND CLEAN Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air -drying primer. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating conditions. 8 98- 94B STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 6 r" SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS I PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and r Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply 4. to work of this section. SUMMARY Extent and location of each type of flush wood door is indicated on drawings and in schedules. Types of doors required include the following: Solid core flush wood doors with wood veneer faces. Factory-prefitting for fire rated doors to frames and �.., factory-premachining for hardware for wood doors is included in this r` section. Metal door frames for flush wood doors are specified in another r' Division-8 section. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers, and factory -finishing specifications. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for factory finishing and other pertinent data. Use same reference numbers for details and openings as those on the original contract documents. For factory-premachined doors, indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets and other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings. QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards: AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", including Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors", of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) for grade of door, core construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of NWWDA quality standard. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors which are identical in materials and construction to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed for ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other testing and inspection agency acceptable r to authorities having jurisdiction. Manufacturer: Obtain doors from a single manufacturer. I' 8 98- 94B FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. PROJECT CONDITIONS Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to projet's geographical location: Referenced AWI quality standard Content". w&RQnAlmv including Section 100-S-3 "Moisture General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights -the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall also include reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of Substantial Completion. Solid Core'Interior Doors: Life of installation. Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace or refinish doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors of one of the following: r- 8 98- 94B FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT 1 , Solid Core Doors with Wood Veneer Faces: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. Buell Door Company. Cal -Wood Door Div., Timberland Industries, Inc. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. Glen -Mar Door Mfg. Co. r Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. t Weyerhauser Company. EXTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements: rFaces: Natural Birch. �- AWI Grade: Custom. Construction:PC-5 (Particleboard core, 5-ply). INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: See schedule for locations and comply with the following requirements: Faces: Natural birch, plain sliced. Red Oak, plain sliced. AWI Grade: Custom. Construction:PC-5 (Particleboard core, 5-ply). Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements: Faces: Birch, rotary cut. AWI Grade: Custom. Construction: PC-5 (Particleboard core, 5-ply). i Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Comply with the following requirements: Faces and AWI Grade: Provide faces and grade to match non -rated doors in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated. Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. FABRICATION Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements: r- j 898-94B FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT In sizes indicated for job -site fitting. Factory-prefit and premachine all fire rated doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated with the following uniform clearances and bevels: Comply with tolerance requirements of AWI and NFPA80 for prefitting. Comply with final hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames t o verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory premachining. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, anchorage and swing characteristics, and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Reject doors with defects. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Hardware: For installation see Division 8 "Finish Hardware" section of these se specifications. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 80. _ Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting Clearances for Non -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/16" per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: Comely with NFPA 80. Bevel non -rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge edges. 8 98- 94B FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 4 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8" in 2" in lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. Field -Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: Division-9 section "Painting". r C.' ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate r- d ' freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. r t Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial .� Completion. F 898-94B FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 5 SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE 1. PART 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in, the same sections as the doors and door ''frames on which they are installed. This Section includes the following: Hinges. Key control system. Lock cylinders and keys. Lock and latch sets. Bolts. Exit devices. Push/pull units. Closers. Overhead holders. Door Trim units. Silencers for all wood frames Protection plates. Miscellaneous door control devices Weatherstripping for exterior doors. Thresholds. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry and Millwork" for cabinet hardware. Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for silencers integral with hollow metal frames. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for factory prefitting and factory premachining of doors for door hardware. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of 7 Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. r Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish or door hardware. Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Provide one copy of schedule with cut sheets and product information of all items listed in the schedule. Hardware schedules are intended for coordination of Work. Provide same opening numbers or item numbers as listed in the construction documents for all schedules. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete r 898-94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. Name and manufacturer of each item. Fastenings and other pertinent information. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans.and in door and frame schedule. Explanations of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. Mounting locations for hardware. Door and frame sizes and materials. Keying information. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule ,at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product date, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of schedule. Keying Sequence: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of .door hardware..,Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in-service: performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type and quality to that indicated for this Project and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation. Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities 898-94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 2 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT having jurisdiction for use on types, and sizes of doors indicated in I compliance with requirements of f.ire-rated door and door frame labels. PRODUCT HANDLING Tag each item or package separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions r with each item or package. l Packaging of door hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. Deliver individually packaged door hardware items promptly to place of installation (shop or Project site). MAINTENANCE Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS r SCHEDULED HARDWARE Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the "Hardware Schedule" on the Door Schedule. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required r for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION l Hand of Door: The drawings show the direction of slide, swing or hand l of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door movement as shown. r Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire - rated labels and as otherwise acceptable to Architect. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock j cylinders only. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method r r 8 98- 94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 3 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT indicated using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units for finish designations indicated. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint' surfaces to receive painted finish. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. . Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where thru-bolts are used as a means of reinforcing the work, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. HINGES AND BUTTS Templates: Except for hinges to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template -produced units. Screws: Provide Phillips flat -head screws complying with the following requirements: For metal frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. For wood doors and frames install wood screws. For fire -rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4-inch, threaded-to-the- 1head steel wood screws. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. -Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: _ Out -Swing Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins. Out -Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Nonremovable pins. Interior Doors: Nonrising pins. _ Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finish to match leaves, except where hospital tip (HT) indicated. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one - 898-94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 4 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. Fire -Rated Doors: Not lessthan` Whinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches or less in height with same rule for additional hinges. LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING Review the keying system with the Owner at each facility and provide the type required integrated with Owner's existing system. Equip locks with manufacturer's standard 6-pin tumbler cylinders. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. Key Quality: Furnish 1 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. Deliver keys to Owner. LOCKS, LATCHES, AND BOLTS Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. Provide flat lip strikes for locks with 3-piece, antifriction latchbolts as recommended by manufacturer. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8-inch minimum throw of latch on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. r Provide 1/2-inch minimum throw of latch for other bored and preassembled types of locks and 3/4-inch minimum throw of latch for r■ mortise locks. Provide 1-inch minimum throw for all dead bolts. ` Exit Device Dogging: Except on fire -rated doors where closers are r provided on doors equipped with exit devices, equip the units with keyed dogging device to keep the latch bolt retracted, when engaged. PUSH/PULL UNITS r Exposed Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for installation, thru-bolted for matched pairs but not for single units. Concealed Fasteners: Provide manufacturers special concealed fastener system for installation, thru-bolted for matched pairs but not for r single units. I CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES r 8 98- 94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 5 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Access -Free Manual Closers: At all exterior doors and where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force and delayed action closing. DOOR TRIM UNITS Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units consisting of either machine screws or self -tapping screws. Fabricate protection plates not more than 1-1/2 inches less than door width on hinge side and not more than 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side by height .indicated. Furnish as shown below to match existing door hardware in surrounding areas: Metal Plates: Stainless steel, 0.050 inch (U.S. 18 gage). Metal plates: Brass or bronze, 0.062 inch (U.S. 16 gage). WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS General: Provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior or interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. Weatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: Provide bumper -type resilient insert and metal retainer strips, surface applied unless shown as mortised or semimortised, and of following metal, finish, and resilient bumper material: Extruded aluminum with natural anodized finish, 0.062-inch minimum thickness of main walls and flanges. Vinyl wiper insert. Reese #53 Weatherstripping at Door Bottoms: Provide threshold consisting of contact -type resilient insert and metal housing of design and size shown and of following metal, finish, and resilient seal strip: Extruded aluminum with natural anodized finish, 0.062-inch minimum thickness of main walls and flanges. Solid neoprene wiper. Reese #323 8 98- 94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 6 F r I DOOR HARDWARE, CONT THRESHOLDS General: Except as otherwise,:'indicated,- provide. standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled. All thresholds to meet ADAAG height and bevel requirements. Exterior Hinged Doors: Provide units not less than 4 inches wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation where indicated, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames, and as follows: j Reese #S204A [[ Provide 'zero' ramps #236A and #233A as noted on specific projects r' to accomodate wheel chairs at existing door sills. E For in -swinging doors provide units with interlocking lip and r- interior drain channel; include hook on bottom edge of door and r drain pan. For out -swinging doors provide units with interlocking lip and with r hook on bottom edge of door to act as weather bar. SILENCERS General: At all wood jamb doors, provide 3 rubber silencers 'Ives' #21 at strike jamb. HARDWARE FINISHES Match items to the manufacturer's standard color and texture finish for the latch and lock sets (or push-pull units if no latch or lock sets). Provide finishes that match those established by BHMA or, if none established, match the existing hardware finish in each facility. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but ion no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. Provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze, and aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix "-NL" is used with standard finish designations to indicate 'no lacquer." PART 3 - EXECUTION a INSTALLATION Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable �- publications, except as specifically indicated or.required to comply with governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. 8 98- 94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 7 DOOR HARDWARE, CONT NWWDA Industry Standard I.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush Doors." Install each hardware 'item in compliance with the manufacturer's in'—structions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is -- required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way,_ coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl -rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying.with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND DEMONSTRATING Adjust and check each operating item of.hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted -to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. Where door hardware is installed more than; one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week priori to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. 898-94B DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 8 SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Non -load -bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. Gypsum board assemblies attached to wood framing and furring members. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for the following. Wood framing and furring. DEFINITIONS Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of gypsum board assembly components certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. RI. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where fire -rated gypsum board l assemblies are indicated, provide materials and construction identical k to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board steel framing members and products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. 8 98- 94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials in original packages, container or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight,. surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards, ASTM. C 840 and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board. Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) maintain continuous, uniform, comfortable building working temperatures of not less than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) for a minimum period of 48 hours prior to, during and following application of gypsum board and joint treatment materials or bonding of — adhesives. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Steel Framing and Furring: Consolidated Systems, Inc. Dietrich Industries, Inc. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. Gypsum Board and Related Products: Domtar Gypsum Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co United States Gypsum Co. ^ STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following — requirements: Component Sizes and Spacings: As indicated but not less than that — required to comply with ASTM C 754 under the following maximum deflection and lateral loading conditions. Maximum Deflection: L/120 at 5 lbf per sq. ft. Protective Coating: G 40 hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 525. 898-94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 2 7 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT �. Thickness: 0.0270 inch, (23 gage) unless otherwise indicated. a Depth: 3-5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. r" GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS Gypsum Wallboard ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated; in maximum lengths available to minimize end- to -end butt joints. (8' x 4' for ceiling 8'-0" and lower, 9' x 4' for ceilings 9'-0" and lower, 10' x 4' for ceiling 10'-0" or lower). Type: Type X where required for fire -resistive -rated assemblies. Edges: Tapered Thickness: 1/2" or 5/8" as required to match adjoining wall construction. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated. ttom` Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board, Domtar Gypsum. I Fire -Shield G, Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core, United States Gypsum Co. TRIM ACCESSORIES Accessories for Interior Installation: Corner beads, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated r' below: Material: Formed metal, plastic, or metal combined with paper, with metal complying with the following requirement: Sheet steel zinc -coated by hot -dip process. Sheet steel coated with zinc by hot -dip or electrolytic processes, or with aluminum or rolled zinc. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: Cornerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. LC -bead with both face and aback flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC -beads for edge trim unless otherwise indicated. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot, with removable 8 98- 94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT strip covering slot opening. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards to masonry, plaster or metal studs. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557. Steel drill screws, Type S bugle head complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.03 inch thick. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. Steel drill screws Type S bugle head complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach_ or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in -anchors, and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure except at floor. Provide slip- or cushioned -type joints as detailed to attain n 898-94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT lateral support and avoid axial loading. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS r Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install t. asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. r Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member l so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. Extend partition stud system through acoustical ceilings and elsewhere as indicated and brace to structure above at a maximum of 8' o.c. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum deflection.and minimum loading requirements specified: Single -Layer Construction: Space studs at 16 inches o.c. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and so that leading edges or ends of each gypsum board can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. ,. Lateral bracings of 1-1/2" channels are to be inserted through stud web holes at the mid -span of walls over 9 feet in height where prefinished gypsum board is applied on both sides or whenever one side of a wall of r any height will be left without a gypsum facing. !' Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. r Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. rol Provide runner tracks of same gage as jamb studs. Space jack studs same as partition studs. Install 20-gage studs at each jamb for all doors 2'-8" wide to 4'-0" wide weighing not more than 200 lbs. Cross brace, at right angle to wall, from the top runner at the M intersection of each jamb stud to structure above, with channel or stud bracing when entire wall is not extended to deck above. .� Frame openings other than door o enin s in same manner as required for oor openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 8 98- 94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT Install supplementary framing, runners, furring, blocking and bracing at opening and termination in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment,- services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA 216. .Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 1'-0 in alternate courses board. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate course boards. At stairwells and similar _ high walls, install boardshorizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. Joints at ceilings and partitions should .run parallel to the direction of the strongest light source. The Contractor should coordinate joint direction with lighting layout and window or other direct lighting sources to insure minimum joint shadowing. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports of gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. - Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends against mill -cut or field cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Attach gypsum panels to studs so that the leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required for additional support at openings and cutouts. Spot grout hollow metal 'door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. Cover both faces of stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls that are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage maybe required for accomplished 898-94B GYPSUM'BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 6 r GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT r 1. with scraps of not less than 8 :sq. ;ft. in area. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed r by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4-tol/2- inch -wide joints to install sealant. Isolate perimeter of non -load -bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4-inch to- 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced ,., standards and manufacturer's recommendations but in no case over 12" F O.C. GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS 4 Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with r' manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where semi -finishing type is indicated. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant -filled (including expansion joints). Install J-type semi -finishing trim where indicated, and where exterior q gypsum board edges are not covered by applied moldings. Install plastic edge trim where indicated on wall panels at juncture with ceilings. Install metal control joint (beaded -type) where indicated according to r. 8 98- 94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 7 i GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, CONT — ASTM C 840, and in locations approved by the Architect for visual _ effect. Install H-molding in exterior gypsum drywall work where control joints are indicated. " PROTECTION OF WORK Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. 8 98- 94B GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 8 SECTION 09300 - TILE PART 1 - GENERAL F RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Definition: Tile includes ceramic other ceramic materials. Extent of tile work patching and and schedules. surfacing units made from clay or replacement is indicated on drawings Types of tile work in this section include the following: Unglazed ceramic mosaic tile. Glazed ceramic mosaic tile. Removal of existing tile is specified in Division 2 Section, "Selective Demolition" and on drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source of Materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout, and setting materials. Installer Qualification: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for materials required, except bulk materials. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit the following: Samples for each type of tile and for each color and texture required to match existing. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter or other causes. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) in tiled areas during installation and for seven days after completion, unless 8 98- 94B TILE 09300 - 1 TILE, CONT higher temperatures required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following: Manufacturers of Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Dal -Tile Corp. Mid -State Tile. Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. United States Ceramic Tile Co. Villeroy & Boch (U.S.A) Inc. Wenczel Tile Co. Winburn Tile Manufacturing Co. Manufacturers of Glazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Dal -Tile Corp. Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. Summitville Tiles) Inc. United States Ceramic Tile Co. Villeroy & Boch (U.S.A.) Inc. Manufacturers of Unglazed Quarry Tile: Drawings based on American Olean Tile Co. QO1, 6 x 6 (Verify to match existing). Buchtal Quality Ceramics. Dal -Tile Corp. Metropolitan Ceramics Div., Metropolitan Industries, Inc. Mid -State Tile. Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Texeramics, Inc. United States Ceramic Tile Co. Universal Ceramics. Manufacturers of Drvset Mortars: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. L & M Mfg., Inc. Laticrete International, -Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Manufacturers of Dry -Set Grouts: Cambridge Tile Mfg. Co. 8 98- 94B TILE 09300 - 2 TILE, CONT is H. B. Fuller Co. L & M Surco Mfg., Inc. Laticrete International, Inc. IWO Summitville Tiles, Inc. IL Acrylic Emulsions for Latex -Portland Cement Grouts: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Boiardi Products Corp. Bostik Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products C-Cure Chemical Co. DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. L & M Mfg. Inca Laticrete International Inc. Mapei Corp. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Syracuse Adhesives Co. Manufacturers of Tile Cleaners: Hillyard Chemical Co, L & M Mfg. Co., Inc. E' PRODUCTS, GENERAL -ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types and grades of tile indicated. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise indicated. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI i standard referenced with installation products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. r` Colors, Textures and Patterns: For tile and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures or other appearance characteristics, provide products to match characteristics. ,r r Provide tile trim and accessories which match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. TILE PRODUCTS Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile at Toilets: Provide factory -mounted flat tile complying with the following requirements: Type: Porcelain. Wearing Surface: Without abrasive content. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 1" x 1" & 1" x 2" to match existing. Nominal Thickness: 1/411. S 98- 94B TILE 09300 3 TILE, CONT Face: Plain with cushion edges. SETTING MATERIALS Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: Provide product complying with ANSI A118.1. (Factory sanded). GROUTING MATERIALS Dry -Set Grout: Provide product complying with ANSI A118.6 of color indicated. Latex -Portland Cement Grout: Provide product complying with ANSI A118.6 for the following composition and of color indicated: Latex additive (water emulsion) serving as a replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at job site to prepackaged dry grout mix, with type of latex and dry grout mix complying with requirements indicated below: Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. Grout Type: Commercial portland cement grout specified or supplied by latex manufacturer. Application: Use to grout joints in floor tile, unless otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Tile Cleaner: Product specifically acceptable to manufacturer of tile and grout manufacturer for application indicated and as recommended by National Tile Promotion Federation, 112 NorthAlfred St., Alexandria, VA 22134 or Ceramic Tile Institute, 700 N. Virgil Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90029. MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers for accurately proportioning of materials, water or additive content, mixing equipment and mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films, old mortar or adhesives and curing compounds. 8 98- 94B TILE 09300 4 c I TILE, CONT t• Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have Cbeen corrected. PREPARATION Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that the units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer of blend tiles as Project site before installing. INSTALLATION, GENERAL ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with applicable parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile". TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply with TCA installation methods indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as applicable to installation conditions shown. Jointing Pattern: Match existing joint pattern. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry -set, commercial portland cement, and latex-portland cement grouts) comply with ANSI A108.10. FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction, and grout types: Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.1. Concrete Subfloors, Interior: TCA F111 (cleavage membrane). Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. Concrete Subfloors, Exterior: TCA F102. Concrete Subfloors, Interior: TCA F113. Grout: Latex-portland cement. Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. Concrete Subfloor, Interior: TCA F113. Grout: Latex-portland cement, unless otherwise indicated. WALL TILE INSTALLATION METHODS t ; 8 98- 94B TILE 09300 - 5 TILE, CONT Install types of tile designated for wall application to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods, TCA installation method related to subsurface wall conditions, and grout types: Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. Wood or Metal Studs, Interior: TCA W243. Grout: Latex-portland cement., CLEANING AND PROTECTION r Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Remove latex - portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished 'installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work. Protection: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage and wear. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. Before final inspection, remove protective cleaner from tile surfaces. coverings and rinse neutral 8 98- 94B TILE 09300 6 '" SECTION 09400 - TERRAZZO PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following types of terrazzo: Patch existing terrazo flooring at facilities noted on drawings to match existing. Resealing existing floor at completion of work. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer Subject to compliance with requirements, provide terrazzo products by one of the following manufacturers (within each product category): Cleaners and Sealers: Hillyard Chemical Company PART 2 - PRODUCTS CEMENTITIOUS TERRAZZO MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except as modified to comply with NTMA requirements for compressive strength. Obtain cement from a single source for each required color. Provide nonstaining white cement for terrazzo topping matrix. Provide standard gray cement for underbed. Sand: ASTM C 33. Water: Clean; free of oil, soluble salts, and other deleterious substances. Aggregate: Natural, sound, crushed marble chips without excessive flats or flakes, complying with NTMA requirements. Colors and gradation of aggregate sizes as required to match existing flooring. Matrix Pigments: Pure mineral or synthetic pigments, resistant to alkalies and nonfading. Mix pigments with matrix to provide required colors. Curing Compound: Liquid membrane -forming compound, ASTM C 309, Type 1. Cleaner: Chemically neutral, liquid cleaner, with PH factor between 7 and 10, of formulation recommended by sealer manufacturer for type of terrazzo used and complying with NTMA requirements. 8 98- 94B TERRAZZO 09400 - 1 TERRAZZO, CONT Interior Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip- and stain -resistant penetrating sealer with Ph factor between 7 and 10, that does not affect color or physical properties of terrazzo surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION, GENERAL For cementitious terrazzo, comply with NTMA recommendations for proportioning mixes and placing, curing, grinding, grouting, and finishing. For thin -set terrazzo, comply with resin manufacturer's recommendations for proportioning mixes, installing strips, and placing, curing, grinding, and finishing. CEMENTITIOUS TERRAZZO Monolithic Terrazzo: Comply with NTMA "Guide Specification for Monolithic Terrazzo." Adhere thin -set strips to substrate with a full adhesive setting bed and nail strips to substrate. Remove excess adhesive from substrate. Bonded Terrazzo: Comply with NTMA "Guide Specification for Bonded Terrazzo." Prepare subslab surfaces to ensure positive bonding with underbed. Thoroughly clean areas of foreign matter immediately before placing bond coat. Place underbed while bond coat is still plastic. Surfacing: Grout terrazzo topping in accordance with NTMA specifications. Delay fine grinding and finishing until heavy trade work is completed and construction traffic through the area is restricted. Finish by grinding with abrasive grit of size specified by NTMA or as otherwise required to match Architect's sample. THIN -SET TERRAZZO Comply with NTMA guide specifications previously referenced under "Thin -Set Terrazzo Materials" and with matrix manufacturer's directions for installing and finishing thin -set terrazzo. Match Architect's sample and provide total material thickness indicated. Exercise extreme care to ensure fluids from grinding operation do not react with divider or control strips to produce a stain on aggregate. Delay grinding and finishing until heavy trade work is completed and _ construction traffic through the area is restricted. CLEANING, SEALING, AND PROTECTING Clean terrazzo after installing and finishing operations are completed, complying with sealer manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealer to cleaned terrazzo surfaces to comply with sealer manufacturer's instructions. Protect terrazzo from damage and'wear during construction operation. 8 98- 94B TERRAZZO 09400 - 2 TERRAZZO, CONT FINAL CLEANING Clean terrazzo as recommended by manufacturer of sealer and machine buff if required when building is ready for occupancy. 898-94B TERRAZZO 09400 - 3 SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY OF WORK Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and i'n schedules and is defined to include flooring materials, adhesives, accessories, leveling compound, floor preparation and labor required for proper installation. This Section includes the following: Vinyl composition tile. Sheet vinyl floor covering without backing. Resilient wall base. Resilient flooring accessories. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit two copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient flooring, including accessories required indicating full range of color and pattern variation. f For initial selection of colors and patterns submit, prior to above, samples in form of actual sections of resilient flooring, including accessories, showing full range of colors and patterns available, for each type of resilient flooring required. Maintenance Instructions: Submit two copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. r+ Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per 1 ASTM E 648. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84. r� t 8 98- 94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg F (13 deg C) in areas where work is completed. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. Prepare existing concrete floors to achieve proper bond with adhesive. -- PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Vinyl Composition Tile: Azrock Floor Products Div., Azrock Industries GAF Corp., Floor Products Div. Tarkett, Inc. Manufacturers of Filled Vinyl with Fibrous Backing: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. wall Race Johnson Rubber Co., Flooring Accessories Div. Roppe Rubber Corp. Vinyl Plastic Inc. RR7ITLIDTAT Q Colors and Patterns: As shown or scheduled, or as selected by - Architect from manufacturer's standards. RESILIENT TILE Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with .ASTM F 1066, Composition 1 (nonasbestos formulated. Match existing size, thickness and class at patched floors. At new floor tile, provide the following: ` Class: Class 2 (through pattern tile). 898-94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT Wearing Surface: Smooth.. Thickness: 1/8 inch. :I Size: 12-by-12 inches. Products: Azrock - Custom Cortina, Futura Rentile - Criterion, Avanti, Marbilized Tarkett - Basics Armstrong - Standard Excelon SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS 'N Type I Unbacked Sheet Vinyl Floor Coverings: Products complying with ASTM F 1303, Type I, except for backing requirements. Wearing Surface: Smooth. Wear Layer and Overall Thickness: 0.080 inch. Sheet Width: 6 feet. Seaming Method: Heat -welded. Products: Armstrong - Classic Corlon RESILIENT WALL BASE Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type I. Style: Cove with top -set toe. Minimum Nominal Thickness: 1/8 inch. Height: 4 inches. Lengths: Cut lengths 4 feet long, or coils in lengths standard with manufacturer but not less than 100 feet. Exterior Corners: Premolded or formed on job. Interior Corners: Premolded or formed on job. Ends: Premolded. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type II. Stele: Cove with top -set toe. Minimum Thickness: 1/8 inch. Height: 4 inches. r 1: 898-94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT Lengths: Cut lengths 4 feet long, or coils in lengths standard with manufacturer but not less than 96 feet. Exterior Corners: Premolded. Interior Corners: Premolded or formed on job. Surface Characteristics: Smooth. Vinyl Accessories: Products complying with following requirements: Product Description: Carpet edge for glue down applications. Profile and Dimensions: As required. ' Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland-cement-based formulation provided or approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant, stabili ed type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. Concrete Slab Primer: Non -staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION General: Examine areas where installation of resilient floor coverings wi- ll occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor -� covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. For wood subfloors verify the following: Underlayment over subfloor complies with requirements specified in Division 6 "Rough Carpentry." Underlayment surface is free of surface irregularities and r, 8 98- 94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 4 `I RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT substances with potential.tointerfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain shoe'�fnyl'floor.coverings. Do not allow resilient flooring work to proceed until subfloor surfaces f are satisfactory. PREPARATION Prepare subfloor surfaces as follows: Concrete floors must be allowed to cure and dry for a minimum of 6 weeks before installation of resilient floor covering. Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks, holes and depressions in subfloors. Control or construction joints are to be filled with latex patching compound formulated with Portland cement, fine aggregate and organic latex. Insulation joints are to be filled with an elastomeric material that will accommodate slab movement. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. Following cleaning, examine substrates to determine if there is visually any evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation or dust. ��►►��,, Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, I; prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with k` manufacturer's directions. INSTALLATION, GENERAL Install flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non -permanent marking device. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising t and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS 898-94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 5 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 the at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors, patterns, and sizes to match existing tile. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. INSTALLATION OF SHEET FLOORING Lay sheet flooring to provide as few seams as possible with economical use of materials. Match edges for color shading and pattern at seams in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction. Adhere sheet flooring to substrates using method approved by flooring manufacturer for type of sheet flooring and substrate condition indicated. Produce.completed installation without.open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Comply with floor covering manufacturer's di-rections including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. Use conventional full spread adhesive method unless otherwise indicated. Prepare seams in vinyl sheet flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for most inconspicuous appearance, sealing continuously with fluid -applied sealant or adhesive as standard with manufacturer. Heat -weld seams in sheet vinyl floor coverings where this seaming method is indicated. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce a surface flush with adjoining sheets. Hand roll sheet vinyl floor coverings in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat -bladed instrument. INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES Apply wall base to walls, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long 8 98- 94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 6 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base I materials with mitered or coped linsidecorners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. Install 2remolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. Form inside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce snug fit to substrate. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Perform following operations immediately upon completion of resilient flooring: Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well -sealed in adhesive. Damp -mop floor, being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes using appropriate cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers. Protect flooring against damage during construction period to comply with resilient flooring manufacturer's directions. Clean resilient flooring not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Clean resilient flooring by method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. Apply recommended cross -linked Composition Tile. Buff sheet vinyl (do not apply wax). acrylic floor wax to Vinyl t' 8 98- 94B RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 7 SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes carpet, installation, accessories, and cushion. Include in the base bid a unit -cost allowance of $22.00 per square yard for purchase of carpet delivered to job site. Allowance shall include all carpet material needed for complete installation including overrun where required. All labor and associated laying materials should be included in the base contract. The Owner reserves the right to select carpet from any vendor of his choice. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of j Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of carpet material and installation accessory required. Submit written data on physical characteristics, durability, resistance to fading, and flame resistance characteristics. QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer's Qualification: Firm whose carpet materials comply with "Use of Materials Bulletin UM-44C" published by U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and are currently listed in HUD "Certified Products Directory" and so identified by imprint on back of carpet. Carpet Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide carpet identical to that tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify carpet with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. Test Method: DOC FF 1-70. Rating: Pass. t! DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to project site in original factory wrappings and I' containers, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, and lot number. r Store materials in original undamaged packages and containers, inside well -ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. Lay flat, blocked off ground. Maintain minimum temperature of 68 deg F (20 deg C) at least three days k;. prior to and during installation in area where materials are stored. 8 98- 94B CARPET 09680 - 1 CARPET, CONT PROJECT CONDITIONS Substrate Conditions: No condensation within 48.hours on underside of 4-foot by 4-foot polyethylene sheet, fully taped at perimeter to substrate. Substrate Conditions: pHo£ 9 or less when substrate wetted with potable water and pHydrion paper applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCESSORIES Carpet Edge Guard: Extruded or molded heavy-duty vinyl or rubber of size and profile indicated; minimum 2-inch-wide anchorage flange; manufacturer's standard colors. Seaming Cement: Hot -melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. Carpet Adhesive: Water resistant and nonstaining as recommended by carpet manufacturer to comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Installer must examine substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from concrete surfaces to receive carpet; apply sealer to prevent dusting. Patch holes and level to a smooth surface. If previous finish chemically stripped, reseal concrete. Seal powdery or porous surfaces with sealer recommended by carpet manufacturer. Patch holes and cracks. Sand to level. Remove wax. Seal surface with sealer recommended by carpet manufacturer. INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position; do not place seams perpendicular to 'door frame, in direction of traffic through doorway. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpet. _ Extend carpet under removable flanges and furnishings and into alcoves and closets of each space. Provide cutouts where required, and bind cut edges where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. 8 98- 94B CARPET 09680 - 2 9 CARPET, CONT Install carpet edge guard where edge guards to substrate. Glue -Down Installation: of carpet is exposed; anchor Fit sections of carpet prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butt cuts with seaming cement. Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt edges tight to form seams without gaps. Roll entire area lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. Remove adhesive promptly from face to carpet. Trim seam of loose filaments. CLEANING Remove adhesive from carpet surface with manufacturer's recommended cleaning agent. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Advise Contractor of protection methods and materials needed to ensure that carpeting will be without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Vacuum with commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove soil. Replace carpet where soil cannot be removed. Remove protruding face yarn. Vacuum carpet. PROTECTION 4-, Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, to ensure carpet is not damaged or deteriorated at time of Substantial Completion. CARPET SCHEDULE Provide carpet as scheduled on the following "Data Sheets." Each Data Sheet begins with a new page. 01% 8 98- 94B CARPET 09680 - 3 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of existing and new exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other sections. Joint treatment, drywall tape, compound treatment and finish texture is part of the work of this section. Paint all exposed surfaces whether or not colors or types are designated in "schedules, elevations or details," except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. �., Painting includes field painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment where exposed in finished spaces. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. i^ ' Prefinished items not to be painted include the following ` factory -finished components: Metal toilet enclosures. is Acoustic materials. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. Light fixtures. Switchgear. Distribution cabinets. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: Anodized aluminum.Copper. Stainless steel. Chromium plate. Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following: ,.., Valve and damper operators.Motor and fan shafts. Linkages.Fire sprinkler heads. Sensing devices. 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 1 PAINTING, CONT Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. -Related Sections:" The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 9 Section "Wall Coverings" for substrate sealer under wall coverings. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, label analysis, environmental data and application instructions for each material proposed for use. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating and finish system and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Samples for finish texture selection shall be submitted on 24" square sample of the specified bases material. Textured sample is to be finished with all specified coating applied to represent a finished wall. At contractors option and with the approval of the Architect samples of finish maybe applied to designated areas at the job site for review and acceptance. Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on the job. QUALITY ASSURANCE Single -Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of ` finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified prior to application. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. �- Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products names are required or to exclude _ equal products of other manufacturers. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 2 PAINTING, CONT T and the following information: Product name or title of material. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. !I Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. i' Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that I� workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling , mixing, and application. JOB CONDITIONS Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C ) . Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces nor during sandstorms. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. ,! Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55 degrees F maintain continuous, uniform building temperature of not less that 55 degrees F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to, during and following painting and joint treatment. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying joint treatment material immediately after its application. Prevent too rapid dryinq during hot weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS �I Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: The Glidden Company (Glidden). tl. Benjamin Moore and Co., (Moore). PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh). 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 3 PAINTING, CONT Pratt and Lambert (P & L). The Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W). GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Setting -Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged, job -mixed, chemical -hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. Where setting -type joint compounds are 'indicated for use as taping and taping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bond strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. Drying -Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory -premixed product. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS Primer: Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish. Polystyrene Aggregated Finish for Ceilings: Manufacturer's standard proprietary product formulated with polystyrene aggregates for spray application, with surface burning characteristics of 25 per ASTM E 84, and in texture indicated. "IMPERIAL QT SPRAY Coarse, Medium or Fine Texture Finish"; United States Gypsum Co. "Perfect Spray Medium"; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. Aggregate Finish for Walls: Texture XII Drywall Surfacer (aggregated): United States Gypsum Co. PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 4 I I PAINTING, CONT Examine substrates and conditions, under which joint work and painting will be performed for compliance with requirements for application of finish and paint. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. it Start of joint work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. FINISHING OF DRYWALL General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints penetrations; fastener heads, surfaces defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. � Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: Embedding and First Coat: Ready -mix drying -type taping compound. Full (Second) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type topping compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type topping compound. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall construction which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire -resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. N APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH 4 Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and prime drywall and other surfaces in strict accordance with texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply 'Sheet Rock' First Coat primer to all surfaces to achieve texture finish. Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture matching Architect's sample without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of application patterns and lines. Remove any texture droppings or overs ray from door frames, windows, light fixtures, equipment, electrical boxes and other adjoining construction. PAINTING PREPARATION General machined Procedures: Remove surfaces, lighting hardware and hardware accessories, plates, fixtures, and similar items in place that are not to be painted, or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 5 PAINTING, CONT complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. See Division 4 for masonry restoration and cleaning required prior to painting. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Use abrasive blast -cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. All plaster surfaces should be tested for moisture content before painting. If the moisture meter test indicates a content of less than eight percent moisture, regular wall primer -sealer may be safely used. If the content is more than eight percent, but not over 12 percent, an alkali -resistant primer -sealer should be used. If the content is over 12 per cent, painting should not be done. When it is necessary to use alkali. -resistant primer, provide Speedhide Alkali -Resistant Primer, 6-3. Where alkali or dampness is not a problem, provide Speedhide Wall Primer Sealer, 6-1 or 6-2 (17-10). Before painting new plaster, always remove the water soluble surface salt deposits by dry brushing. Use Alkali -Resistant Primer, 6-3 as a prime coat over skim coat or hard coat plaster. _ Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, and rinse; allow to dry and vacuum before painting. 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 6 PAINTING, CONT Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil; and other foreign substances with ll scrapers, mineral spirits and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces �I exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and, imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. j Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy 1 coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. r Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have ( not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint i manufacturer, and touch up with.the same primer as the shop coat. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non - petroleum -based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. APPLICATION Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 7 PAINTING, CONT film. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by.the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturers directions. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, weld, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in:place. Extend coatings in these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field -finished casework to match exterior. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop -primed and touch up painted. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat, to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. -Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than the -- manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Block Filler: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as `recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by 898-94B PAINTING 09900 - 8 ,a PAINTING, CONT iI. others. Recoat primed and sealed -:.surfaces where evidence of suction {I spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine 7 texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, bands, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other.surface imperfections. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. t7 Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of ' laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, +� nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Provide satin finish for final coats. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. CLEANING Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. PROTECTION Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "wet paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. li 898-94B f, PAINTING PAINTING, CONT PAINT SCHEDULE EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide following paint systems for various substrates as indicated. Masonry or Stucco Walls: FLAT: 1st Coat - PPG Alkali -Resistant Primer 6-3 1.5 mils dry film 2nd Coat - PPG Latex Masonry Paint 6=30 3rd Coat - PPG Latex Masonry Paint 6-30 Not less than 1.8 mils dry film at brick and stucco. Not less than 2.5 mils dry film at concrete block. Wood Trim: (New) SEMI -GLOSS: 1st Coat - PPG Sun -Proof Latex Primer 72-1- 1.6 mil dry film 2nd Coat - PPG Sun -Proof Latex Semi -Gloss House & Trim Paint 78 Line 3rd Coat - PPG Sun -Proof Latex Semi -Gloss House & Trim Paint 78 line Not less than 3.0 mils dry film excluding 1st coat. Galvanized Metal: (Electrical and Gas Risers) (PPG Galvanized Steel Primer 6-209) 1st Coat - None Required (solvent clean with VM&P Naptha, 97-726 2nd Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex House Paint 6-610 3rd Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex House Paint 6-610 Not less than 3.0 mils dry film. *Omit primer where paint grip galvanized iron is used. Ferrous Metal: (Lintels, barrier post, Etc) (Soffit after brushing on new replacement and wall panels after brushing and treating.) .- ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Inhibitive Red Primer No. 6-203, brushed 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel First coat not required on items delivered shop primed. ._ 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 10 F PAINTING, CONT 7 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide following paint systems for various substrates, as indicated. Masonry Units: Concrete ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Emulsion Masonry Block Filler 6-7 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. Not less than 3.5 mils dry film thickness, excluding first coat. Plaster: (New) ENAMEL: * 1st Coat - PPG Latex Sealer 6-2 r" 1.0 MDF 2nd Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3.0 mils dry film thickness excluding 1st coat. * See Painting Preparation "Cementations Materials" for required alternates. *Plaster (Existing): ENAMEL: * 1st Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 2nd Coat - Same as above only as needed to cover existing dark colored walls. SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over existing and new prepared plaster walls. * See Painting Preparation "Cementations Materials" for required alternates. Gvvsum Drvwall Svstems: ENAMEL: lst Coat - Sand finished texture with Latex Primer -Sealer 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 2.5 mils dry film thickness. 4 SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over gypsum board where vinyl or paper wall fabric is to be applied. { 8 98- 94B PAINTING 09900 - 11 PAINTING, C09T Woodwork and Trim: (Existing) .ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Water Base Undercoater 6-755 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel 6-510 " 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel 6-510 Not less than 4.5 mils dry film thickness. Stained Woodwork: VARNISH: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Rez Sealer Primer 77-1 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 Interior Metal Frames: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Inhibition Red Primer 6-203, brushed 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) First coat may be omitted on shop primed items. 898-94B PAINTING 09900 - 12 SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of wall coverings required is indicated on drawings and in schedules. Types of wall covering required include the following: Included in the base bid, a unit -cost allowance of $.85 per square foot for vinyl wall fabric delivered to job site. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer: A firm specializing in wall covering work with not less than three years of experience in installing wall coverings similar to those required for this project. Fire Hazard Classification: Provide materials bearing UL label and marking, indicating fire hazard classification of wallcovering, as determined by ASTM E 84. Provide materials with the following fire hazard classifications. Flame spread not more than 25. Smoke developed not more than 50. SUBMITTALS Replacement Materials: After completion of work, deliver to project site not less than 4 linear yards of each type, color, and pattern of wall covering installed. Furnish replacement materials from same production run as materials installed. DELIVERY AND STORAGE General: Comply with instructions and recommendations of manufacturer and as herein specified. Deliver materials to project site in original packages or containers clearly labeled to identify manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade, and fire hazard classification. Store materials in original undamaged packages or containers. Do not store rolled goods in upright position. Maintain temperature in storage area above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). tI: JOB CONDITIONS 11 Maintain constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F (16 degrees C) at i� areas of installation for at least 72 hours before and 48 hours after application of materials. 8 98- 94B WALL COVERINGS 09950 - 1 WALL COVERINGS, CONT Illuminate areas of installation using building's permanent lighting system; temporary lighting alone will not be acceptable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS VINYL WALL COVERING: As selected. ACCESSORY ITEMS Adhesives: Provide manufacturer's recommended adhesive, primer, and sealer, produced expressly for use with selected wall covering on substrate as shown on drawings. Provide materials which are mildew -resistant and nonstaining to wall covering. Release Coat: Sealer or undercoater for in Division 9. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION for drywall substrates as called Acclimatize wall covering materials by ,removing from packaging in area of installation not less than 24 hours before application. Remove switchplates, wall plates, and surface -mounted fixtures in areas where wall covering is to be applied. Prime and seal substrates in accordance with wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrate. Apply surface _ sealer to gypsum drywall which will permit subsequent removal of wall covering without damage to paper facing. Remove all existing vinyl wall fabric from existing walls which are to receive new wall covering. INSTALLATION Vinyl Wall Covering: Place wall covering panels consecutively in order cut from rolls, including filling of spaces above or below openings. Hang by reversing alternate strips except on match patterns. Apply adhesive to back of wall covering and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install seams plumb, and at least 6" away from corners. Horizontal seams are not permitted. Overlap seams and double -cut to assure tight closure. Roll, brush, or use broad knife to remove air bubbles,. wrinkles, blisters, and other. defects. Cut wall covering evenly to edges of outlet boxes. " Trim selvages as required to assure color uniformity and pattern match. Remove excess adhesive along finished seams while it is still wet using warm water and clean sponge, and wipe dry. 8 98- 94B WALL 'COVERINGS 09950 - 2 WALL COVERINGS, CONT ADJUST AND CLEAN Replace removed plates and fixtures; verify cut edges of wall coverings are completely concealed. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from wall covering installation upon completion of work, and leave areas of installation in neat, clean condition. 898-94B WALL COVERINGS 09950 - 3 SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS '.I m PART 1 - GENERAL L RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and T Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of toilet partitions are indicated on drawings. Types of toilet partitions required include the following: Metal, overhead -braced with pilaster and overhead brace at urinal screed and full height pilaster at door support. Types of screens required include the following: Metal, floor -supported overhead braced with front pilasters at urinal screens. Toilet accessories are specified elsewhere in Division 10. QUALITY ASSURANCE Field Measurements: Take field measurements !prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay work. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into work for installation of toilet partitions and.related work; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical data for materials, fabrication, and installation, including catalog cuts of anchors, hardware, fastenings, and accessories. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies not fully described by product drawings, templates, and instructions for installation of anchorage devices built into other work. Samples: Submit full range of color samples for each type of unit required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: it General Partitions Mfg. Corp. Series 40 baked enamel overhead braced. 117 898-94B TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 1 TOILET COMPARTMENTS, CONT Knickerbocker Partition Corp. Metropolitan baked enamel overhead braced. Sanymetal Products Co. Academy baked enamel overhead braced. MATERTATA General: Provide materials which have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. Steel Sheets for Baked Enamel Finish: ASTM A 591, Class C, galvanized-bounderized, of following minimum thickness: Pilasters (overhead -braced): 20 gage. Panels and Screens: 20 gage Doors: 22 gage Concealed Tapping Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard sound -deadening honey comb of impregnated Kraft paper, in thickness to provide finished dimension. of 1" minimum for doors, panels, and screens, 1-1/4" minimum for pilaster. Pilaster Shoes: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304 stainless steel, not less than 3" high, 20 gage, finished to match hardware. Stirrup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters, either chromium -plated non-ferrous cast alloy ("Zamac") or anodized aluminum. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories of chromium -plated non-ferrous cast alloy ("Zamac"). Overhead -Bracing: Continuous extruded aluminum tubing in anti -grip profile, with clear anodized finish. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, chromium -plated steel, or brass finished to match hardware, with theft -resistant type heads and nuts. For concealed anchors, use hot -dip galvanized, or other rust -resistant protective -coated steel. FABRICATION General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for partition system, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition -mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. Door Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, furnish 24" wide in -swinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 36" wide (clear opening) out -swinging doors at stalls equipped for use by handicapped as required by local and State authorities. Comply with American Disabilities Act (ADA). 8 98- 94B TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2 I I }I TOILET COMPARTMENTS, CONT 7 Metal Toilet Partitions and Screens:, General: Pressure.laminate seamless face sheets to core material and seal edges with continuous interlocking strip or with lapped and formed edges. Weld edges and corners, with exposed welds ground smooth. Overhead -Braced Partitions: Furnish galvanized steel supports and leveling bolts at pilasters, as recommended by manufacturer to suit floor conditions. Make provisions for setting and securing continuous aluminum overhead -bracing tube at top of each pilaster. Furnish shoe at each pilaster to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. All supports shall be continuous to the floor. At urinal screen provide a full height pilaster and overhead braces to wall and partition. Overhead Braced -Supported Screens: Furnish Pilaster not less than 1" in thickness, panels and pilasters of same construction and furnish as toilet partitions. Furnish galvanized steel anchorage devices, overhead -bracing tubing complete with lock washers, and leveling adjusting nuts at pilasters, to permit structural connection to floor. Furnish shoe at pilaster to conceal anchorage. Hardware: Furnish hardware for each compartment in partition system, as follows: Hinges: Cutouts inset type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. Provide gravity type, spring -action cam type, or concealed torsion rod type, to suit manufacturer's standards. Latch and Keeper: Recessed latch unit, designed for emergency access, with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper to meet ADA requirements. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper at each door and each dressing cubical. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit to meet ADA requirements. { F'TI�TTC�T►?C Baked Enamel Finish: Clean galvanized steel surfaces after fabrication and before application of enamel coating system, to remove processing compounds, oils, and other contaminants. Prime metal with baked -on rust inhibitive primer. Apply two coats of thermosetting enamel finish, applied by electrostatic process, and baked in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions. Color: Manufacturer's standard colors, as indicated on the Schedule of Finishes. l PART 3 - EXECUTION 898-94B TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 3 TOILET COMPARTMENTS, CONT INSTALLATION General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and inT stallation sequence. Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2" between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1" between panels and walls. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. Overhead -Braced Partitions: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Secure overhead -brace to each pilaster with not less than two fasteners. Hang door and adjust so that tops of doors are parallel with overhead -brace when doors are in closed position. Screens: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Secure overhead -brace to each pilaster with not less than two fasteners. Accessories: Mount accessories to partition units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ADA requirements.. ADJUST AND CLEAN Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in -swinging doors to hold open approximately _ 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out -swinging doors (and entrance swing doors) to return to fully closed position. Clean exposed surface of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage remainder of construction period. 8 98- 94B TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 4 j' SECTION 10440 - SPECIALTY SIGNS k PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS T Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and T Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to*work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of specialty signs is shown on drawings. Provide si na a at P Y 9 9 9 9 each remodeled toilet. Forms of specialty signs required include the following: Panel signs. (Adhesive and mechanically attached) See sign schedules at end of this section. Ij) QUALITY ASSURANCE Uniformity of Manufacturer: For each sign form and graphic image process indicated, furnish products of a single manufacturer. r Compliance: Signage to meet requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and the American National Standards Institute A117.1 t standards. Products shall comply with the ADA, ANSI A117.1, as well as the Occupational Safety and Health Association (OSHA), and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces, shall have raised letters and numerals ' 1/32" from the surface of the sign in upper case, sans serif or simple serif, and be accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Raised characters shall be between 5/8" and 2" high. Braille dots to comply with Specification #800 National Library Service, National. Library of Congress specifications for standard literary Braille. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of sign required. Samples: Submit samples of each sign form and material showing finishes, colors, surface textures, and qualities of manufacture and design of each sign component including graphics. Submit full-size sample units, if requested by Architect. Accepted units may be installed as part of the work. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specialty signs. Include plans, elevations, and large scale details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages and accessory items. Furnish location template drawings for items supported by or anchored to permanent construction. it Furnish full-size spacing templates. i 8 98- 94B SPECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 1 SPECIALTY SIGNS, CONT PART 2 - PRODUCTS Drawings are based on: Braille-Tac by Advance Corporation, St. Paul, Minnesota 'Chemcast' at exterior. 'Injection Molded' at interior. Acceptable Manufacturers: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers of Panel Signs: Allenite, A Division of Allen Marking Products Inc. Andco Industries Corp. Architectural Graphics, Inc. ASI Sign Systems Inc. Best Manufacturing Co. A. C. Davenport & Son Co. Karman Ltd. Matthews Spanjer Brothers Inc. The Supersine Company Vomar Products Inc. MATERIALS, GENERAL Injected Molded Plastic: High impact polystyrene.' Magnesium: Natural magnesium chemically etched, cleansed and decorated to manufacturers standards. Aluminum Castings: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer or finisher for casting process used and for use and finish indicated. Fasteners: Use mechanical concealed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated, which are fabricated from metals which are non -corrosive to either sign materials or mounting surface. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot -dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. Furnsh toggle bolt at interior drywall construction. FABRICATION OF PANEL SIGNS General: Fabricate panel signs to comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction. _ Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain 898-94B SPECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 2 I ! , SPECIALTY SIGNS, CONT t flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus t 1/16" measured diagonally from corner to corner. Unframed Panel Signs: Fabricate unframed panel signs with edges jr mechanically and smoothly finished to conform with the following (� requirements: Size: 6" x 8". Thickness: .150 inches for magnesium signs. Thickness: .125 inches for injected molded signs. Edge Condition: Square. Border Color: Same as typeset. Corner Condition: Rounded to 1/4" radius. Provide stock pictograms and copy signs. Typestyle: Optima Bold. Pictograms - P101 (Men/Figure/Access) at all Men's toilets. - P102 (Women/Figure/Access) at all Women's toilets. - P119 (Restroom/Unisex/Access) at all Unisex toilets. All signs to have predrilled screwholes in each corner located 3/4" in - from each edge. Furnish all screws, anchors and accessories necessary for sign attachment. GRAPHIC IMAGE PROCESS Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy to comply with requirements indicated for sizes, styles, spacings, content, positions, materials, finishes and colors of letters, numbers, symbols and other r- graphic devices. Magnesium Signage_: Chemcast, one-piece constructed signs in which all components (graphics, raised characters, and Braille dots) are integral to the sign itself. The signs are to be chemically etched magnesium. t Provide integral raised numbers, letters, characters and braille. �^ Injection Molded Signage: Durable, one-piece high impact polystyrene j signs. Provide integral raised numbers, letters, characters and braille. FINISHES 4 General: K Colors and Surface Textures: For exposed sign materials which require selection of materials with integral or. applied colors, surface �- textures or other characteristics related to appearance, provide color matches indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. r, Colors shall offer the highest contrast possible to achieve the greatest readability with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background as selected. 898-94B SPECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 3 SPECIALTY SIGNS, CONT Magnesium Finish: Decorative finish with an ultraviolet inhibited acrylic system engineered for extreme color and gloss retention. In accelerated weathering tests, signs finish shall retained its color and gloss in accordance with'ASTM D523 and ASTM D224. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION General: Locate sign units and accessories where shown or scheduled, using mounting methods of type described and in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Verify mounting locations of all signs before installation and install to meet ADA-AG mounting heights and locations. Install sign units level, plumb and at height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Panel Signs: Wall -.Mounted Units: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using methods indicated below: Silicone Adhesive and Mechanically Fastened Mounting: Use high grade industrial silicone adhesive recommended by sign manufacturer to attach sign units to irregular, porous or vinyl -covered wall surfaces. Predrill and set proper anchorages (toggle bolts or lead shields) in wall surfaces prior to installing signs. Mechanically fasten signs to walls -as soon as adhesive and sign. have been placed on wall. CLEANING AND PROTECTION At completion of installation, clean soiled sign surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptable by Owner. 898-94B SPECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 4 SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES F V1 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of each type of toilet accessory is indicated on drawings and schedules. Work includes relocation of existing paper towel, toilet tissue dispensers and soap dispensers. Work includes relocation of existing and installation of new grab bars and mirrors. Work including installation of new paper towel and soap dispensers furnished by Owner. All items to meet and be installed to ADAAG. Types of toilet accessories required include the following: Paper towel dispensers. (Furnished by owner) Toilet tissue dispensers. Grab bar. Mirror units. Cup dispensers. QUALITY ASSURANCE Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry.; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. Products: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices and cut-out requirements in other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 898-94B TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, CONT Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: American Dispenser Co., Inc. American Specialties, Inc. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Hallmack-Nutone/Div. Scovill. MATERIALS, GENERAL Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22-gage (.034") minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, .flat products, ASTM B 19; Rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16; Casting, ASTM B 30. Sheet Steel: Cold -rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 20-gage minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality g2, 1/4 thick, with silver coating, copper protective coating, and non-metallic paint coating complying with FS D.D-M-411. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Fasteners: Screws; bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit of galvanized steel where concealed. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS Single -Roll Dispenser: Size to accommodate core tissue to 5" diameter roll. Provide at each water closet: Gamco #23. GRAB BARS Stainless Steel Type: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 18 (.050") gage and as follows: Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's.. standard flanges and anchorages. Clearance: 1-1/2" clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard non -slip texture. 8 98- 94B TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 2 7 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, CONT Heavy -Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/2". Provide at each handicapped water closet: Gamco 150C in k configuration as shown and in compliance with American Disability r Act -Accessability Guidelines. 1 - 36" handrail behind watercloset. 1 - 42" handrail beside watercloset. MIRROR UNITS Provide mirror units of scheduled size with backing and support system which permits a rigid, tamper proof glass installation and prevents the accumulation of moisture with air space backing. Hanger shall be galvanized steel which provides concealed locking with no exposed fasteners. Frames of 20-gage stainless steel with square corners carefully mitered with hairline joints and mechanical interlocked. Provide at each new or relocated lavatory: GAMCO *C18 x 36. Provide unframed mirrors with concealed mounting as shown at elevations of counter type lavatories. CUP DISPENSERS Fabricate of 22 gage Type 304 stainless steel. 3-1/4" W x 3-1/4 D x 15" H with key operation and refill vision slot. Provide: Gamco CD-1 mounted as specified. FABRICATION General: Only an unobtrusive stamped logo of manufacturer, as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by means of either a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. Surface -Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges ? rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Comply with all height and clearance requirements as recommended by the American Disability Act or as stated in the American Disabilities Act Accessability Guidelines. r898-94B TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, CONT Install grab bars at handicapped stalls and are to be mounted horizontally at 33" to 36" above finish floor. Install dispensers and other equipment no higher than 48" above finish floor to mouth or dispensing point or lever control which ever is higher. Mirror Installation Secure mirror to wall in tamper proof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts or screws. Set unit plumb, level and square at locations indicated in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. Mount with:. bottom of reflective surface no more than 40" above finish floor. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 8 98- 94B TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 4 1 7 SECTION 15000 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PART I - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The Contractor and each subcontractor shall read and comply with all sections of these specifications, including the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, information to bidders, and all other pertinent documents issued by Architect. All such items are hereby incorporated into and become a part of these r specifications. If conflicts exist between the General Conditions and these Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical, the latter shall govern. PRECEDENCE: The mechanical systems, including piping, shall have precedence over the electrical systems. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Drawings and Specifications shall be considered cooperative, and work or materials called for by one and not mentioned in the other shall be done and furnished as though treated by both. In case of discrepancies in figures, drawings or specifications, the Architect shall be notified before the signing of the Contract and his decision on said discrepancies shall be adjusted by the Contractor only at the Contractor's expense, and in case of any settlement of any complication rising from such adjustment to the Contract, Contractor shall bear all extra expenses involved. COORDINATION OF TRADES The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination required between trades. For example, items furnished under Division 15 which require electrical connections shall be coordinated with Division 16 for the following: 1. Voltage 2. Phase 3. Ampacity r 4. No. and size of wires ( 5. Wiring diagrams 6. Starter size, details and location �- 7. Control devices and details Items furnished under various sections which require plumbing connections shall be coordinated for services, pressure, size and r location of connections, type of fuel, clearances for service, auxiliary devices required, etc. Items requiring insulation shall be fully insulated and that insulation shall be checked against manufacturer's directions and job requirements for suitability, coverage, thickness and finish. r Items installed in/on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with the ceiling construction. The Contractor under each section shall conform to the reflected ceiling plan and shall secure details and/or samples of the ceiling materials as necessary to insure compatibility. Any device not conforming to this requirement shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 1 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT All items specified under Division 15 and 16 shall be installed tight, plumb, level, square and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades. UTILITY CONNECTIONS: Note that where utility connection locations are referenced by the word "verify" or "approximately", the exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor, with any and all utility connections made by the Contractor as required, with no increase to the Owner above the price indicated on the Contractor's proposal. SITE EXAMINATION: Bidders shall visit the site to satisfy themselves as to the nature and scope of the work to be done. Information shown or not shown on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. The submission of a bid will be taken as evidence that site examination has been made and all conditions which will effect the work have been taken into consideration. Special care should be taken to review Owner furnished equipment to be used. DEMOLITION - GENERAL: Note on the plans and in the general construction specifications, any demolition requirements included. in this portion of the specifications. CODES: All work shall be executed in accordance with local, State and National codes, ordinances, and regulations governing the particular class of work involved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of the work under this section to suit these requirements. Where these specifications and the accompanying drawings conflict in arrangements with code requirements, the Contractor shall report the matter to the Architect, shall prepare any supplementary drawings required, illustrating how the work may be installed in order to comply, and on approval of the change by the Architect, shall install the work in a satisfactory manner, without additional cost to the Owner. FEES AND PERMITS: The Contractor and each subcontractor shall secure all permits and licenses required for work, shall pay all fees in connection with such permits and licenses, and shall deliver all certificates of inspection to the Owner. PROTECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS: The Contractor shall protect the work and all materials (whether incorporated in the building or not) and shall cover openings to protect the building from the weather. The Contractor shall provide protection of all work in progress and shall be responsible for all damage done to the Owner's property or to any adjacent properties during the construction. PART 2 - MATERIALS ` SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit for approval a -complete list of materials and equipment which. he proposes to use. The list shall give the manufacturer's names and designations corresponding to each item as well as complete capacity data and ratings of each piece of equipment showing compliance with all required capacities. Should the Contractor 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 2 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT !I fail to make the Contract this submission within,four weeks following the Documents, the Architect reserves the right to signing of require the Contractor to furnish items exactly as mentioned herein. Submittal data shall verify that the items offered will fit the space requirements. Simple summary sheets alone are not acceptable. Such sheets shall be accompanied by calculations, charts, nomography, tabulation tables, etc., enabling the reviewer to do detailed review of R^ equipment selections. Any item furnished with approval of the Architect (in lieu of the item specified), which in the opinion of the Architect does not perform satisfactorily, shall be replaced by the Contractor with the item originally specified, at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect. This provision shall be applicable to any item within the warranty period. See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements. Coordination Drawings: Where coordination with building systems is required or not fully shown on shop drawings, the contractor shall ascertain existing or anticipated conditions prior to fabrication prepare and submit Coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off -site, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. Indicate required installation sequences. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." Show routing, clearances, off -sets, sizes, and other conditions I required to properly install the system in, around or through the areas involved. Properly note all coordination of trades. See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements. SHOP DRAWINGS Wherever shop drawings are called for in these specifications, they shall be furnished by the Contractor for the work involved after review by the Architect as to the make and type of material and in sufficient time so that no delay or changes will be caused. This is done in order to facilitate progress on the job and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply shall render him liable to stand the expense of any and all delays, changes in construction, etc., occasioned by his failure to provide the necessary details. ` Also, if the Contractor fails to comply with this provision, the Architect reserves the right to go directly to the manufacturer he selects and secure any details he might deem necessary, and should there be any charges in connection with this, they shall be borne by the Contractor. s 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 3 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT See Division 1 for further requirements. MATERIALS: All materials shall be new and of the quality indicated by the specifications, unless noted otherwise. Where manufacturers' names are mentioned in these specifications, it has been done to establish a standard of quality and construction. Where one brand name only is specified for any item, the Contractor shall limit his choice to the brand name shown. Note that the brand name used as a basis of design is shown in schedules. Where the clause "or approved equal" occurs, other brand names will be accepted, provided they meet the standards of quality and performance established by the specifications. All substitutions shall be approved by the Architect. SUBSTITUTIONS: Necessary changes in the work of any trades resulting from approved substitutions by the Contractor shall be paid for by the Contractor making the substitution. PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL PIPING AND CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall furnish and install (including all labor and materials required) the various piping systems as herein specified, adhering to the general routing and methods of distribution shown on the drawings.. All required pipe, fittings, hangers, valves, sleeves, inserts, gages, thermometers and such other items and appurtenances that may be required for the satisfactory operation of the various systems, shall be included. All piping and conduits shall be installed in a direct, neat, and workmanlike manner, employing only mechanics skilled in each respective trade. Exposed lines shall be run parallel with, or perpendicular to, building lines, and wherever possible shall be grouped together for easier service and identification. Lines which required a definite grade for draining shall have precedence in routing over all other lines. Wherever possible, horizontal and vertical lines shall be held as closely as possible to the walls, ceilings, struts, members, etc., so as to occupy the minimum space consistent with the proper requirements for insulation, expansion, removal of pipe and access to valve, dampers, etc. In general, all piping and all conduit in finished areas of the building shall be run concealed in chases, furrings, above suspended ceilings, etc., unless noted (or directed) otherwise. Should any condition arise which would cause any piping to be exposed in finished areas, it shall immediately be called to the Architect's attention, and the Contractor shall bear any and all expense in connection with arranging his work as directed to facilitate its concealment. Conduit may exposed on walls where concealment is not required. All such exposed conduit shall be run straight and true without offsets or bends, and shall be perfectly vertical or horizontal. All conduit shall have couplings and connectors as noted in the Electrical Specifications. The mechanical plans do not give all details concerning elevation of lines, exact locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. The Contractor 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 4 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT ll; shall carefully lay out his-work,,at, the site to conform to.the structural conditions, to provide proper grading of lines to avoid all obstructions, and to conform to details on installation supplied by the manufacturer of the equipment to be installed; and thereby to provide an integrated, satisfactory operating installation. Valves which are required for the control or.isolation of any and all parts of the system shall be furnished, installed, and located in an accessible position, or made accessible through removable panels, etc. Where several valves are related in function, they shall be grouped in a pattern. All required access doors or panels will. be furnished and installed by the General Contractor. Unions, or flanges, shall be used at connections to all equipment to facilitate dismantling, and elsewhere as required in the erection of the pipe or in the installation of valves. Unions shall be accessible. Nipples shall be of the same material and composition as the pipe on which they are installed, and shall be extra heavy when unthreaded shoulder is less than one (1) inch. No running thread nipples will be permitted. All pipe and accessories shall be products of domestic mills located within the continental limits of the United States. SLEEVES FOR PIPES AND CONDUITS Where pipes, conduit, and E.T.M."pass through floors smoke partitions and walls, galvanized steel pipe sleeves shall be used. Sleeves through roof decks shall be 26 gauge sheet metal. Sleeves in pipe chases shall extend 1-1/2 inch above the floor slab and be cemented in a watertight manner. The size of these sleeves shall be such as to f permit readily the insertion of pipe of the proper size. In the case of insulated lines, the diameter of sleeves shall be at least 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameter of the insulated line. Where these sleeves occur in walls having a waterproofing coating, the sleeves shall have flanges welded on them to build into the waterproofing. When pipes are installed, the angular space between the pipe and the sleeve shall be effectively sealed using an approved mastic sealer. No ]] plumbing pipes shall be installed directly in the concrete, or set directly in masonry walls. PITCH PANS: All pipes, conduits, etc., passing through roof construction shall be installed in pitch pans, proper roof jacks or curbs. FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES AND FLANGES (� Unless otherwise noted, provide and install chromium plated sectional l floor and ceiling plates around all pipes and conduits passing exposed through the wall, floors or ceilings. Plates shall be sized to fit outside of insulation on lines, etc., but to fit snugly. Solid plates with set screws shall be used on any lines where the sectional plates will not stay in place or are not available in I adequate size. I Provide flanges, covers and plates to finish out all devices to final 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 5 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT ,finishes and coverings at walls, floors and ceiling. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS (PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL) All pipe throughout the building, both horizontal and vertical, shall be adequately supported with clamps or hangers sized to fit the lines and to adequately support their weight. Provide devices manufactured specifically for the hanging of lines and pipes being supported. No piping conduit or lines are to be supported with wire or plumbing straps. At the bases of lines where required for the proper support, furnish and install anchor base fittings or other approved supports. Individual horizontal lines shall be adequately supported using hangers that are sized to fit the pipe. Where multiple pipes are indicated, they may be supported on continuous hangers, provided pipes are running parallel to the same elevation and grade. For particular conditions, other special hangers may be employed. Hangers shall be manufactured by Kindorff, Unistrut, Elcen, or,approved equal. All horizontal plumbing and mechanical pipes and electrical conduit supported from the construction shall be suspended on rods not smaller than the manufacturer's recommendations for the loads imposed, and provided with hanger adjustors. Inserts (when used) shall be set in place before concrete is poured. Use special supports where required by particular conditions at the site. .All hangers shall be so located as to properly support the horizontal piping, but in no case shall hangers be located on centers greater than six feet for 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch lines, seven feet for 1 inch lines, eight feet for 1-1/4 inch lines, nine feet for 1-1/2 inch lines, ten feet for 2 inch and 2-1/2 inch lines, and twelve feet for larger lines. For soil lines, hangers shall be 5'-0" on horizontal runs, and where required by the conditions, hangers shall be more closely spaced. Provide and install any braces required to prevent excess side way of lines, taking care not to restrict any necessary expansion of lines. Twenty gauge 10" long galvanized sleeves or saddles shall be used with hangers installed over insulated pipe. Where pipes of different trades may possibly be racked on the same supporting structure, the Contractor shall provide the necessary coordination between the various trades to properly locate the supporting members. The various trades shall cooperate with each other to the end that the same type of hangers may be used throughout insofar as practicable. All exposed vertical lines shall be braced from the wall construction at no less than two points, one of which shall be approximately six feet above the floor, to prevent sidewise motion of risers. Braces shall be as specified for multiple pipes, and supports at each slab shall be with Kindorff or approved equal, C-210 clamps. In the case of insulated lines, oversize hangers of clamps as required shall be installed. Hangers, anchors, and related items installed in direct contact with copper pipe shall be bronze, copper or copper -plated steel. 8 98- 94B 'SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 6 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT iI ,7 Hangers, anchors, and related.items.which support ferrous piping shall be steel with galvanized coating. All piping shall be installed with due regard to expansion and contraction and the type of hanger, method of 'support, location of ' supports, etc., shall be governed, in part, by this consideration. CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor under each section shall either perform or arrange for any cutting and patching required in the installation of his work. He shall obtain permission from the Architect before doing any cutting. All patching shall be done in such manner that the surrounding work will be restored to its original 4 conditions. See Division 1, Cutting and Patching, for further requirements. At unfinished surfaces, the Contractor for work under each section shall be responsible for the patching of all openings cut to install the work covered by that section and to repair the damage resulting from the failure of any part of work installed hereunder. At finished surfaces, the General Contractor shall be responsible for the patching of all openings cut to install the work specified herein, and to repair the damage resulting from the failure of any part of the work installed hereunder. All openings cut through the roof or exterior walls shall be provided with a temporary watertight cover during the construction or until .permanent installation or repair has been made. All pipe and conduit run through the roof shall be installed in pitch pockets installed for flashing prior to the installation of the roofing. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, the Contractor under each respective section shall provide and install lintels or other structural supports to protect the remaining masonry and adequate support shall be provided during the cutting operation to prevent any damage to the masonry occasioned by the operation. All structural members, supports, etc., shall be of the size, shape, and installed as directed by the Architect. Where openings are cut through roof deck, the contractor of each respective trade shall neatly saw deck to required opening size. Do not punch or hammer through deck. '— PAINTING: Painting of all pipes and conduit where shown shall be done by the Contractor under Division 9, PAINTING. COVER: All electrical lines installed underground shall have a minimum of 24 inches cover, from the top of the line to the finished grade. r All underground gas, water and waste lines shall have a minimum of 18 I inches cover from the finished grade to the top of the line unless otherwise noted. l ROUGH -IN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT The shop drawings for all equipment are hereby made a part of these specifications. The Contractor under each section of the l l specifications shall rough -in for the exact item to be furnished on the job, whether in another section of the specifications or by the Owner. l 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 7 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT The Contractor shall refer to all drawings and other sections of the specifications for the scope of work involved for the new equipment, and by actual site examination determine the scope of the required equipment connections for the Owner -furnished equipment. Should any of the equipment furnished require connections of a nature different from that shown on the drawings, report the matter to the Architect, and finally connect as directed by the Architect. Should any shop drawings not be available for equipment furnished under other contractors or by the Owner, the Contractor under each section of these specifications shall bid the work as detailed on the drawings and verify connection and services to equipment before such services are installed. Minor differences in the equipment furnished and that indicated on the drawings will not constitute ground for additional payment to the Contractor. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT The Contractor shall visit the site and become familiar with the extent of existing asbestos insulation material, if any. Where demolition of piping systems containing asbestos exists, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of EPA regulations, National Emissions Standards for asbestos, and the OSHA regulations on asbestos, Section 1910.1001, as well as applicable state laws and city codes and ordinances. The Contractor shall be responsible with obtaining approval for waste disposal site in compliance with Section 61.25 of the EPA regulations. Asbestos materials rendered inaccessible above ceilings or in chases where pipe is to remain will not be required to be removed. CLEANUP: The Contractor shall remove from the building and the plan site all rubbish and dirt as it accumulates under the Contract. At completion, all areas shall be broom cleaned, and all obstructions, surplus materials, etc., removed. TESTING: The Contractor under each division shall, at his own expense, perform the various tests specified and others that may be required by National, State, and local authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. Any leaks or defective materials found shall be repaired and replaced and test shall be repeated until no further leaks or defects are indicated. GUARANTEE: Each Contractor shall guarantee all labor and materials furnished by him for a period of one year. Guarantee period shall extend from the time of final acceptance of the building. The guarantee shall cover the repair or replacement, without additional cost the Owner, of any defective material or faulty workmanship. Where a guarantee period greater than one year is required for any piece of equipment, it will be specified hereinafter. 8 98- 94B SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 8 SECTION 15110 - PLUMBING : tGENERAL: The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other pertinent documents issued by°the Ar6hitect are hereby incorporated in these specifications and form a part thereof. SCOPE OF WORK: The work covered by these specifications consist of the furnishing of all equipment, materials, labor, fees, permits, meters, (J floor cuts, and certificates of inspection that may be: required for the installation of the plumbing work specified and shown on the drawings. This work shall include, but not be limited to the following items: 1. Domestic Water Piping 2. Drains, Vents and Sewer 3. Insulation MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical" and Division 1. CUTTING AND PATCHING: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." SOIL AND WASTE PIPE: Soil and waste pipe under the concrete slabs in the building shall be hubless cast iron sanitary pipe with clamp assembly joists which comply with Cast Iron Pipe Institute STD, 301 coated with asphaltum or coal -tar -pitch. Waste drain and vent lines above the slab may be cast iron or ABS Type 1 plastic meeting A.S.T.M. D 1788 and A.S.T.M. D 2661. Connections to vertical stacks may be made with sanitary tees, and short 1/4 bends. Changes in direction of horizontal pipe shall be made with wyes, combination wye and 1/8 bends, or long sweep 1/4, 1/8, and 1/15 bends. Soil and waste pipe in the building shall be graded 1/4" per foot when possible, but not less than 1/8" per foot in any case. TRAPS: All traps underfloor shall be standard cast iron deep seal P-traps. P-traps for lays., sinks, etc., shall be cast 17 gauge tubing outlets, and c.o. plugs. Exposed traps and connections shall be chrome plated. VENTS: Three inch and larger vents shall be ASB Type 1 plastic or No -hub cast iron. Vents smaller than three inches may be galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40, with galvanized malleable iron fittings. PIPING - GENERAL: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." WATER PIPING: All domestic water piping in the building above the floor, unless otherwise noted, shall be TYPE "L" Copper, with brass or wrought copper fittings. Cast fittings will not be accepted. All connections shall be made using 95-5 or silver solder. Piping under 8 98- 94B PLUMBING 15110 - 1 J. PLUMBING, CONT slabs and grade shall be Type "L" Copper. All connections between ferrous and non-ferrous materials shall be made with di -electric insulating unions, or fittings. PIPE SUPPORTS AND HANGERS: See "Supplementary General.Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". SLEEVES: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". ESCUTCHEONS: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". AIR CHAMBERS: Air chambers of Type L copper, not less than 12" long and no smaller than the supply pipe, shall be provided and installed in each water supply to each and every fixture, outlet, item of equipment, etc. The length and/or the diameter of these air chambers shall be greater where required to eliminate water hammer. PDI shock absorbers may be used if sized in accordance with PDI recommendations. PLUMBING FIXTURES: All fixtures unless otherwise noted, shall be new, of first quality, and free of blemishes or defects. Fixtures shall be protected by building paper or other suitable means, and be in perfect condition at completion of the job. All exposed trim shall be chrome plated brass. This includes faucets, fittings, stops, risers, strainers, tailpieces, traps, waste, escutcheons, flush valves, brackets, vacuum beakers, goosenecks, hole covers, bolts, nuts and etc. All threaded supply fittings or outlets with tubing nozzles shall have back flow preventers. All fixtures shall have new stop valves. Generally, all wall hung fixtures shall be provided with wall hangers. At non -masonry walls provide blocking in chase -or wall space. All fixtures shall be cleaned before final acceptance. Verify mounting height of each and every fixture before rough -in. All fixtures mounted in handicapped toilets to be mounted to State and American's with Disabilities Act Accessability Guidelines (ADAAG). Flush valves and tank lever controls at handicapped toilets to be installed to be operated on 'wide side' of stall. All Fixtures are to meet ADAAG and State standards. Where fixtures mate with irregular walls, the joint shall be grouted with dental plaster, G. E. Silicone or other grout as directed by the Architect. Exposed Insulation: At lavatories where accommodations for handicapped is to be achieved, insulate traps and stops with the following: At standard tailpieces and p-traps, use Trap Wrap #500R At Offset tailpieces and traps use Trap Wrap #500R/500HS. 8 98- 94B PLUMBING 15110 - 2 PLUMBING, CONT Tests: All tests required by the Architect, by local authorities, or as specified shall be done by this contractor, without additional costs to the Owner. Defects found by test shall be immediately repaired, and the test repeated. Test all lines before insulation is installed. Waste soil and vent piping shall be tested at completion of rough -in. Close opening with screw -plugs, and water test. Test shall last one hour without appreciable loss of water. With 4 foot high water column. Cold water piping shall be tested (hydrostatic test) for one hour at a gage pressure of 100 lbs. No plumbing shall be done during test period. Any leaks found as a result of the tests shall be repaired immediately, and the test shall be repeated. Guarantee: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and .�. Electrical". 8 98- 94B PLUMBING 15110 - 3 SECTION 16110 - ELECTRICAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work to be done under this section of the specifications consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, devices, supplies and certificate of inspection that may be required to complete and leave ready for operation the electrical work specified, shown on the drawings, and required by code. Work is not limited to but includes the installation of the following: Removal and reinstallation of switches and controls as shown on the drawings. Removal and installation of new light fixtures. Addition to Fire Alarm System MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions" and Division 1. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions" and Division 1. CODES: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions". Verify and install all systems in accordance with local and �.. governing codes. GENERAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS: See "Mechanical . and Electrical r• Supplementary Conditions". All wiring shall be installed in metallic raceways. Thin wall conduit (Electrical Metallic Tubing) may be used (where permitted by other N.E.C.), on all branch lighting and control circuits, except on conduit runs made in or under slab -on -fill, or where exposed to the weather. ` Galvanized rigid conduit shall be used for all feeder and power circuits where electrical metallic tubing is prohibited. Ir Joints shall be made tight with standard galvanized steel compression couplings and connectors at exterior or wet locations. Use steel set r' screw connectors and couplings at other locations. End of conduit shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought butt -to -butt in couplings. BRANCH CIRCUITS - LIGHTING AND POWER WIRING: The electrical Contractor shall rework the existing. All wiring shall be substantially as shown on the drawings. No branch circuit or switch leg shall be installed with wire smaller than number twelve (#12) awg copper. For branch circuits so indicated on drawings or in excess of 100 feet in length, number ten (#10) copper wire shall be used. COLOR CODING: In 120/208v, 3 or 4 wire system, phase conductors shall i be black, red, blue for phases A, B, C respectively. i Neutral in all systems to be white. 8 98- 94B ELECTRICAL 16110 - 1 ELECTRICAL, CONT Ground in all systems to be green. DEVICES AND PLATES: General wiring devices and plates shall be manufactured by General Electric, Hubble, and Leviton or approved equal, and shall be similar to the following: Provide light colored devices and plates at light colored walls and dark colored plates at dark colored walls. MANUFACTURER GE HUBBLE LEVITON Quiet type switches 20A, 120/277 (W-S-896) 1 pole 5 951 1221 1221 2 pole 5952 1222 1222 3 way 5953 1223 1223 Duplex receptacle -grounding 15 amp 5262 5262 5262 20 amp 4108-5362 5362 -isolated ground 15 amp IG-5262 5262-IG 20 amp IG-5362 5362-IG Ground fault circuit interrupter 20 amp GF-5352 6398 Waterproof duplex receptacle -grounding GFCI as above with waterproof WP26 6196 All lighting switches shown adjacent to door jambs shall be within 6"of shown jamb. Mount all relocated switches and controls 48"- above finish floor to centerline. Mount all relocated receptacles a minimum of 15" AFF to centerline. COVERPLATES: Match coverplates in existing spaces. For Flush Mounted Devices: Leviton, Hubble, Sierra Electric Corporation "S-Line" 0.040" stamped satin stainless steel, type 302/304. Provide single cover gang plates where two or more devices are — located together. For Flush Mounted Devices: Leviton, Hubble, G.E., Sierra, Slater, molded area or phenolic, 0.100 thick with reinforcing ribs to meet UL 514. Color to match device. Provide single type gang plates at single devices and equivalent multiple configuration plates where two or more devices are located together. WIRE: All conductors unless otherwise noted or specified shall be N.E.C. type "TW" copper, with conductivity equal 98% that of pure copper. All conductors and branch circuits shall be color coded in accordance with paragraph 210-51 Article 210 of the N.E.C. The insulation on all wire and cable shall be rated at 600 volts except 8 98- 94B ELECTRICAL 16110 - 2 ELECTRICAL, CONT for the low voltage control or switching circuits which may be rated at 300 volts. Number six (#6) and larger shall be stranded. All wire shall conform to the requirements of ASTM, shall bear the Underwriters' approval and shall have size, voltage, and code markings stamped on insulation. OUTLET BOXES: In general, all outlet boxes shall be concealed where possible, and shall be constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized inside and outside. Bracket outlets shall be installed at a height shown on the plans, or as directed on the job. Switch outlets shall be installed four feet (4'-0") above the finished floor, unless otherwise noted. Receptacle outlets shall be installed fifteen (15) inches above the floor, and 8" J above cabinet tops, unless otherwise noted. Where switches or outlets are shown to be located together, double, triple or equivalent type gang boxes shall be used. JUNCTION BOXES: Where shown, or required, junction or pull boxes shall be provided, to facilitate pulling, splicing, taping, or nesting of conductors. Such boxes shall be of adequate size to suit the purpose, constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized outside and inside, and securely fastened to the building structure, independent of the conduit. Boxes installed outdoors shall be weather-proof, with gasketed covers and corrosion resistant screws. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: This contractor shall furnish all necessary hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., as required to properly support all conduit and other devices and equipment in such a manner as to prevent sag and undue strain. Cast "C" clamps, 11U11 straps or ring hangers attached to rods and/or brackets and fastened to the building structure by means of approved plates, shall be used for individual conduits. Perforated straps or wire will not be permitted. Where necessary, provide channel or angle supports or brackets for switches, starters and other equipment. r SLEEVES AND INSERTS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions". ROUGH -INS: This Contractor shall rough -in, and make final connections to, all items of special equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications. He shall be responsible for all such items which may be shown on plans or other than the electrical section, and/or specified in other sections of the specifications. This Contractor shall familiarize himself with all requirements for such special devices, and shall include in his bid price all items i.. which may be required (but not furnished) by the equipment manufacturer. CONDUIT All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit unless specifically noted or specified to the contrary. Low voltage control wiring may be run without conduit. Provide r" 8 98- 94B ELECTRICAL 16110 - 3 ELECTRICAL, CONT Teflon coated U.L. listed cable in return air or plenum areas or run wiring in conduit. Conduits shall- be concealed in all finished parts of the building, condoms shall be neat and parallel with each other and with the lines of the building and shall be firmly secured in place by means of approved hangers, straps, and screws, and expansion shields where required. Where conduits terminate at distribution, junction or outlet boxes, they shall be secured thereto, with two locknuts and bushings. All openings in conduits larger than 2" diameter shall have two locknuts and insulation bushings. All openings in conduit, immediately upon installation, shall be capped for protection against entry from foreign matter, pending pulling in wires. All cutting of conduits shall be done squarely with a hacksaw and not with a pipe cutter, the ends to be reamed and all burrs removed after the application of thread -cutting dies. All lateral runs of conduits whenever possible and practical shall be installed so as to provide a natural drain for condensation without pockets or traps where moisture may collect. GROUNDING:: All conduit work, and other electrical equipment wired and connected by this contractor, shall be effectively and permanently grounded in accordance with N.E.C. and local codes. A green equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to all panel enclosures, motors, and other items of equipment requiring power. Note that telephone gear enclosures and related items are not included in this requirement. WARRANTY: This Contractor shall be held responsible for all defects in equipment, materials, and workmanship for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of job. He shall repair or replace any defects of material, equipment, or workmanship without expense to the Owner during the warranty period. 8 98- 94B ELECTRICAL 16110 - 4 1 0 F 1 c FACILITY: MUNICIPAL SQUARE FACILITY NUMBER: 898-94(18) REMOVE DOOR & FRAME AND WIDEN OPNG. REMOVE DOOR & FRAME AND WIDEN OPNG. i/ \ DOOR & FRAME TO IIL I BE MOVED OVER ' II I) II WALL TO BE REMOVED I IN ORDER TO WIDER VESTIBULE. REWORK LAV. TO ADA REQ. I11 � LOWER URINAL, SEE ELEV. 802 RE VE W.C. AND RTITJON REFINI FLOOR & WALL EWORK LAV. 0 ADA REQ. \ II ST. LAV. REMAIN REMOVE V.C. AND PARTITION REFINISH FLOOI & WALL , =i- REMOVE DOOR & FRAME AND WIDEf- OPNG. REMOVE DOOR & FRAME AND WIDEI+' OPNG. FACILITY: MUNICIPAL SQUARE FACILITY NUMBER: 898-94<18> � f n l LOCATION: 916 TEXAS AVE. SCOPE OF WORK: REWORK EXISTING TOILET FACILITIES TO MEET ADA—AG. !I. DOOR SIGN PATCH PLASTER AND REFINISH WALL SEE 401 L 902 FRAME TO FRAME AND ENAMEL. TO FRAME AND ENAMEL. REMOVE EXIST. PATCH PLASTER AND REFINISH WALL A TERRAZZO BASE AT MOVED DOOR DOOR SIGN FRAME. OPNG. GRIND SMOOTH AND PATCH AS NECESSARY. SEE 401 & 902 NEW 2'-10' DOOR CORRIDOR & ALLUM. FRAME TO MATCH EXIST. MOVE EXIST. DOOR & ENLAR REINSTALL EXIST. FRAME OVER TO EAST. TO TH HARDWARE O / -19-1 � REMOVE I IIII JFRAMIDTH,H � l \PATCH �/ RAMS &FRAME ,REFINISH PLASTE12'DOOR I WAIL47 ;FRAME. REMOVEREINSTALL EXI°WAINSCOT ANDREMOVE EXIST. TILE 4'-0 5/8' CUT CARPET BACK TFLOOR & REPLACE FINISH TO FI kS WALL AND USE EXCE W/ 3/32 VINYL COMPOSTION TILE. IN VEST. NEW 2'-10' DOOR & HM FRAME. ENLARGE OPNG.� i WIDTH REINSTALL EXIST. HARDWARE, REMOVE EXIST. DOOR & FRAME r 11 I . I 2OF1� REMOVE EXIST. TERRAllO BASE AT ENLARGED DOOR OPNG GRIND SMOOTH AND PATCH AS NECESSARY. — I PATCH AT NEW OPENING. EXIST. 47' REMOVE EXIST. WALL VEST. STORAGE MENS II WOMENS VESTIBULE I I CONST NEW STEEL STUD WALL W/ 5/8' TYPE `X' VESTIBULE I I GYP. BD. EACH SIDE. TEXTURE & ENAMEL II INSTALL NEW VINYL BASE. BOTH SIDES 11 PATCH PLASTER AND 2' \ II REFINISH WALL TO MI 4 _ i NEW CORNER, XIST. Q OS EL Q O if Li0 EE ELEV {. G' MEN of & 602 WOMEN Q. EXIST. LAV. > TO REMAIN 42' MINIMUM ffi NEW PARTITIOS `42' MINIMUM- ELEV 701 QM. ELEV 701 .o Gi `0 > Cl 33' DIbR EXIST. DOOR 36' EXISTING I'lTO REMAIN. TO REMAIN. 42' ,12'1,12' 42' NEW 2'-10' DOOR & ALLUM. FRAME TO MATCH EXIST. REINSTALL EXIST. HARDWARE REMOVE EXIST. DOOR L FRAME REMOVE EXIST. TILE FLOOR & REPLACE W/ 3/32' VINYL COMPOSTION TILE. IN VEST. NEW 2'-10' DOOR & HM FRAME. ENLARGE OPNG. WIDTH AND MOVE OVER TO EAST. REINSTALL EXIST. HARDWARE. REMOVE EXIST. DOOR & FRAME ODELED FLOOR PLAN 1/4"=l'-0" s • �r FACILITY: MUNICIPAL SQUARE 3 OF 12 z FACILITY NUMBER: 898-94(18) f FINISH SCHEDULE AT MEN'S TOILET FLOORi EXISTING lxl AND lx2 MOSAIC TILE, PATCH AT NEW DOOR AND FRAME AND RELOCATED FIXTURES. BASE) N & W 1X1 CER. TILE TO REMAIN. S & E EXISTING 4' VINYL BASE TO REMAIN. WALLSo N & W ENAMELED SMOOTH PLASTER WALLS ENAMEL AFTER REWORKING AT DOOR. N & W WALLS 1X1 CER. TILE. PATCH AT LOWERED URINAL AND REMOVED FIXTURES. ENAMEL TILE TO MATCH EXIST. CEILINGo EXISTING ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO REMAIN. TOILET PARTITIONSt NEW BAKED ENAMEL,OVERHEAD BRACED AS SHOWN AT WOMEN'S TOILET FLOORS EXISTING lxl AND lx2 MOSAIC TILE, PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING AT RELOCATED DOOR,PARTITIONS AND REMOVED FIXTURES. BASEi N & E EXISTING lxl AND lx2 MOSAIC TILE, PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING AT REMOVED PARTITIONS AND FIXTURES. S & W EXISTING 4' VINYL TO REMAIN. WALLS► N & E lxl MOSAIC TILE, PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING AT REMOVED PARTITIONS AND FIXTURES.ENAMEL TO MATCH EXIST. S & W EXISTING SMOOTH PLASTER TO BE ENAMELED.. CEILINGt EXISTING. ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO REMAIN. TOILET PARTITIONSi NEW BAKED ENAMEL,❑VERHEAD BRACED AS SHOWN AT CORRIDOR FLOORi EXISTING TERRAllO TO REMAIN. BASEi EXISTING 4' TERRAZZO TO REMAIN. CUT WHERE DOOR 1 &3 ARE MOVED OVER. INSTALL 4' VINYL BETWEEN DOORS 1 & 3. WALLS, EXISTING SMOOTH PLASTER PAINTED. REPAINT WALL TO MATCH, CORNER TO CORNER OF CORRIDOR WALL. CEILINGi EXIST. TO REMAIN. MENS VESTIBULE FLOORe EXISTING VCT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED W/ NEW 3/32' VCT— WAX, BASEi EXISTING 4' VINYL TO REMOVED AND REPLACED. WALLSs EXISTING PAINTED SMOOTH PLASTER TO BE RE —ENAMELED. �• TEXTURE & ENAMEL NEW DRY WALL TO MATCH EXIST. CEILINGt NEW 2'X2' ACOUST. PANELS AND GRID TO MATCH EXISTING. ~ WOMENS VESTIBULE FLOORi NEW 3/32' VCT— WAX, BASEi EXISTING 4' VINYL TILE TO REMAIN. T WALLSP EXISTING PAINTED SMOOTH PLASTER TO BE RE —ENAMELED. is CEILINGS EXIST. AC❑US. PANELS TO REMAIN. p STORAGE FLOORi EXIST. CARPET — REMOVE AT MOVED WALL AND PATCH AT MOVED DOOR OPGN. BASEo EXISTING 4' VINYL TO REMAIN EAST WALL NEW 4' VINYL AT WEST WALL REWORK 4' VINYL AT SOUTH AND EAST WALLS WALLS, WEST — TEXTURE AND ENAMEL NORTH — REWORK EXISTING PLASTER AND PLYWOOD WAINSCOT AT NEW OPENING. PAINT PLASTER FROM CORNER TO CORNER. t CEILING► REWORK TEE S, WALL ANGLE AND PANELS TO NEW EAST WALL r" i1-1 1100 1 3/4'X ALUM. A TUBE FI MATCH I 1 3/4' 2'-10' 1 3/4' r 4 1/2' 1 3/4' S.C. AMERICAN 40DIZED PLAIN SLICED WALNUT AME T VENEER TRANSOM W/ .o XISTING WALNUT EDGE, S L V TO MATCH EXIST. MATCH EXIST. DETAI AT HEAD ' MA SIGN ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR SIGN OF DOORS 164 ONLY �, :4 m REINSTALL EXIST. OOR HARDWARE 1002 T 1 3/4' S.C. AMERICAN PLAIN SLICED WALNUT VENEER DOOR W/ WALNU EDGE. S 6 V TO MATCH EXIST. DOOR 3 SIMILAR WITHOUT SIGN REUSE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE. 40 ' 1/x=1' 6' H.M. FRAME 1001 4 OF 12 2'L _ 2'-10' I REINSTALL EXIST DOOR HARDWARE 1 3/4' S.C. AMERICAN PLAIN SLICED WALNUT VENEER DOOR W/ WALP EDGE. S L V TO MATCH EXIST. 2' N SCALE V. 402 7 5❑F12 17, EXIS MEEI REO1 i AS 1 I AND s . r REMOVE EXIST. V.C. PATCH FLOOR L WALL TO MATCF AND INSTALL NEW H.C.W.C. AS SHOWN IN DET, 701 L 70f .7 INSTALL NEW OVERHEAD BRA TTOILET PART. T REMOVE EXIST. W. PATCH FLOOR L W TO MATCH EXIST. INSTALL NEW H.C.' AS SHOWN IN DET k 702. OPPOSITE i WOMENS TOILET ELEV. 601 SCE 6 OF 12 I TIOLET PARTITION OR WALL 3'-0' IGRAB BAR FLUSH LEVER OR HANDLE TO WIDE SIDE OF SPACE FINISH FLOOR p 7OF12 'S 702 8 OF 12 LOWER LAVATORY 6 4 MIRROR TO HEIGHTS SHOWN. REPAIR L REFINISH CER, TILE WALL BEHIND. LEVER OPERATED --r— FAUCET SET INSULATE WATTER� AND DRAIN LINES FINISH FLOOR BOTTOM OF REFLECTING SURFACE OP F LAV 1 O APRON CLEA TOE = HATC' s � .r FINISH FLOOR LAVATORY ELEVATION 801 SCALE i/z' = i'-0" CENTER OF F.V. HANDLE CLEARANCE SECTION AT LAVATORY NOTE 1 DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE ARE ADA MINIMUMS WHICH MUST BE ADHERED TO CAREFULLY, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT SITE. LOWER URINAL AND FLUSH VALVE TO HEIGHTS SHOWN. REPAIR 6 REFINISH CER. TILE WALL BEHIND. ,TOP OF LIP x a s URINAL ELEVATION 802 SCALE 1/2"=V-0" 9❑F12 PAPER TOWEL AND TRASH MAX. DISPENSING SOAP PAPER TOWEL / OR CONTROL HEIGHT vov TYP. INT. TOILET SIGNAGE NO SCALE INJECTION MOLDED BRAILLE-TAC SIGN AS SPECIFIED SEE DET.401 SHEET 4 FOR LOCATION NEXT TO DOORS. 10 OF 12 ` 3/4' PLASTER TO MATCH EXISTING. PATCH PLASTER AS NEEDED TO INSTALL NEW 3 5/8' CONCRETE BLOCKS FRAME PATCH PLASTER ---AS NEEDED TO iy INSTALL NEW FRAME elu�4 6'-16 GA. H.M. FRAME ' S.C. WALNUT i ;!{ VENEER DOOR AND TRANSOM N JAMB DET,D❑❑RS 2 & 5 1001 NEW DOORS IN 3 5/8' BLOCK WALL PATCH PLASTER AS NEEDED TO INSTALL NEW FRAME • N O �i N N 3/4' PLASTER TO MATCH EXISTING. -7 5/8' CONCRETE BLOCKS PLASTER JAMB TO MATCH EXIST. �1 3/4'X4 1/2' ANODIZED ALUM. TUBE FRAME TO MATCH EXIST. 1 3/4' S.C. WALNUT VENEER DOOR AND TRANSOM JAMB DET,D❑❑RS 1, 3 & 4 1002 NEW DOORS IN 7 5/6' BLOCK WALL HEAD & JAMB DETAILS SCALE 1 1/2"=1'-0' 11 OF 12 FACILITY: MUNICIPAL SQUARE FACILITY NUMBER: 898-94(18) F - 2 LOWER URINAL ® F-3 REMOVE URINAL REMOVE EXIST W.0 6 SET NEW H.C.W.�F-1 OVER V PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE F-2 EXIST. LAV. TO REMAIN i REMOVE WATERCLOSE.T REMOVE EXIST. W.0 6 SET NEW H.C.W.0 OVER 2' F-1 1/4"=1'- MARK FIXTURE MFG. MFG.NO, COLOR TRIM/REMARKS F-1 WATER CLOSET ELJER 111-4815 WHITE FV-SR11L BANEKE 523SS SEAT VERIFY ROUGH -IN CONDITION AT EACH W.C. COMPLY WITH 18' OFFSET FROM SIDE WALL. SEE TYPICAL DETAILS, 10' OR 12' ROUGH -IN OFF BACK WALL IS ACCEPTABLE IF SIDE REQUIREkEh:: ARE MET. SEE TYPICAL DETAILS FOR FLUSH VALVE AND OFFSET REQUIREMENTS. F2 LAV EXISTING TO REMAIN PROVIDE NEW OFFSET TRAP EQUAL TO ELJER 803-0530 AND INSULATE DRAIN S WATER LINES WITH TRAPWRAP F-3 URINAL EXISTIN6 TO BE LOWERED REVISE HEIGHT OF F.V. TO SATISFY NEW ADA REQUIREMENTS. 12 OF 12 FACILITY: MUNICIPAL SQUARE FACILITY NUMBER: 898-94<18> T �I MOVE SWITCH FOR VESTIBULE L TOILET TO NEV WALL. \ HIEW 2'X2' WHITE t GRID AND PANELS. MATCH EXIST. REINSTALL EXIST. LIGHT FIXTURE — r.. rol t . 1- r i z, r as n 6. CUT EXIST. TEE'S ' BACK TO NEW WALL NO WORK REQ. CEILING 6 ELECTRICAL IN THIS SPACE TO REMAIN /E SWITCH AS DOOR MOVED. IO I K GRID, ANELS AD WALL AT NEW WALL II ST. LIGHTS & GRID TO REMj NO WORK REQ. CEILING 6 ELECTRICAL IN THIS SPACE TO REMAIN NO WORK REO. CEILING 6 ELECTRICAL IN THIS SPACE TO REMAIN ;CTRICAL CEILING PLAN 1 4 =1'-0 Page is too large to OCR.